Alcatel-Lucent GSM

New Features in Release B11

BSS Document Concept Guide Release B11

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

BLANK PAGE BREAK

Status Short title

RELEASED Concept Guide

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Alcatel-Lucent.

2 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

Contents

Contents
Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 1 B11 Features Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1 Document Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2 B11 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AMR Signalling Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Improved Packet Connection Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Avoid Ping-Pong between CS and PS Zones for DTM MS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CS Paging Coordination in the BSS Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Migration and Software Replacement Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 24 25 29 30 30 30 30 31 31 31 31 31 33 34 34 34 34 35 35 35 35 35 37 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 39 41 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 43 45 46 46 46 46 46 46

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

3 / 288

Contents

10

11

12

6.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BSS Software Management Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lock Configuration Actions during SW Replacement Procedure in the OMC-R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS 800 MFS not Supported in B11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removal of the Support of BTS with DRFU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A5/3 Ciphering Algorithm Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Edit n Adjacencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

46 46 46 47 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 49 51 52 52 52 52 52 52 52 52 52 53 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 55 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 59 60 60 60 60 60 61 61 61 61 63

4 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

Contents

12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4 12.5 12.6

13

14

15

16

17

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Copy&Paste of Data in OMC-R Forms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Customization of BTS External Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Change Granularity for Customization of BTS External Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clean Management of Reselection Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . New GSL Counters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 65 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 67 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 69 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 71 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 73 74 74 74 74 74

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

5 / 288

Contents

17.6

18

19

20

21

22

LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SEC Command Line Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.6 LMT / OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Load Indicators for OMC-R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Centralized Licence Server and Time Validity for Optional Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TRX Dynamic Power Saving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjust of BTS Power Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

78 78 78 78 79 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 81 82 82 82 82 82 82 82 82 82 83 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 85 87 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 89 91 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92

6 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

Contents

23

24

25

26

27

28

Support of Windows Vista for PC LMT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 23.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 23.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 23.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 23.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 23.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 23.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 23.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 23.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 23.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Support of TFO on NB-AMR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 24.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 24.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 24.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 24.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 24.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 24.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 24.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 24.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 24.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 A-Flex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 25.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 25.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 25.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 25.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 25.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 25.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 25.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 25.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 25.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 A Signalling over IP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 26.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 26.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 26.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 26.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 26.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 26.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 26.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 26.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 26.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 New ALMAP FM Module Replacing AS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 27.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 27.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 27.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 27.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 27.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 27.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 27.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 27.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 27.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Inter-BSS NACC/ Inter-RAT NACC (3G- ->2G) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 28.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 28.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 28.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

7 / 288

Contents

28.4 28.5 28.6

29

30

31

32

33

Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . New SUN HW Platform for OMC-R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OMC-R Compatible with SAN Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . New OMC-R Restore Strategy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STM1 on 9130 BSC Evolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Full Gb over IP Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

114 114 115 115 115 115 117 118 118 118 118 118 118 118 118 119 121 122 122 122 122 123 123 123 123 123 125 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 127 128 128 128 129 129 129 129 129 130 131 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132

8 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

Contents

34

35

36

37

38

39

33.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lock of Additional Optional Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Broadcast Other Value than CI in SYSINFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Enhanced 2G to 3G FDD/TDD Cell Re-selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Investigation Based on Permanent Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Antenna Hopping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Randomisation of Fill Bits in L2 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

132 133 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 135 137 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 139 141 142 142 142 142 142 143 143 143 143 145 146 146 146 146 146 146 146 146 147 149 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 151 153 154 154

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

9 / 288

Contents

39.3 39.4 39.5 39.6

40

41

42

43

44

Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Introduction of CF F8 LMT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MC TRE Module Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RMS Improvement: Increase of the 42 BCCH-BSIC Pairs Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 BTS Configuration within 2 Integrated SUMA Boards in 1 BTS Cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MC-RRH 900 - 2G/3G - Different PA - Separate 2G and 3G carriers in same module . . . . . . . . . 44.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

154 154 154 154 154 154 155 157 158 158 158 158 158 158 158 158 158 159 160 160 160 160 161 161 161 161 161 163 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 167 168 168 168 168 168 168 168 168 168 169 170 170 170 170 170 171 171

10 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

Contents

45

46

47

48

49

50

44.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Network Synchronization of Radio TS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IP Transport in the BSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Remote BTS NEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47.3 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47.4 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47.5 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Layer 2 Network Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Security Enhancements for IP Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Logging of BTS Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

171 171 173 174 174 174 174 174 174 174 174 174 177 178 178 178 178 188 190 190 191 191 195 196 197 197 197 197 197 197 198 198 199 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 201 203 204 204 204 204 205 205 205 205 207 208 208

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

11 / 288

Contents

50.3 50.4 50.5 50.6

51

52

53

54

55

Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ethernet Installation Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3G Search Prio Wrong in PMO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Support of Sftp in the OMC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IP Flow Separation at Physical Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AMR WB Cell Load Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

208 208 208 208 208 208 208 209 210 210 211 211 211 211 211 211 211 213 214 214 214 214 214 214 214 214 215 217 218 218 218 218 218 218 218 218 218 219 220 220 220 221 221 221 221 221 221 223 224 224 224 224 225 225 225

12 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

Contents

56

57

58

59

60

61

55.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interworking with LTE in the Packet Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Remove Mx Firmware from Hardware Status for BSC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Remove Mx Firmware from Hardware Status for MFS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MC-RRH 900 - 2G -2PA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9130 BSC Evolution Availability Improvement. Weekly Standby Reset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

225 225 227 228 228 228 229 231 231 231 231 231 233 234 234 234 234 235 235 235 235 235 237 238 238 238 238 239 239 239 239 239 241 242 242 242 242 242 243 243 243 243 245 246 246 246 246 247 247 247 247 247 249 250

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

13 / 288

Contents

61.2 61.3 61.4 61.5 61.6

62

63

64

65

66

Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gb flex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STM1 Bidirectional on 9125 TC Equipped with TC STM1-IP Subrack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BTS Synchronization Through NTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CS/PS Outage Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OMCP-OMC Supervision Link Defense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

250 250 250 250 251 251 251 251 253 254 254 254 254 255 255 255 255 255 257 258 258 258 259 259 259 259 259 259 261 262 262 262 262 263 263 263 263 263 265 266 266 266 266 266 267 267 267 267 269 270 270 270 270 270 270

14 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

Contents

67

68

69

70

71

66.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TP Init Auto Test Improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BSC Patch Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MC-Modules hardware capacity licensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Improved Multi-GPU Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Iur-g interface with enhanced control plane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71.2 Hardware Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71.3 Feature Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71.4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71.5 Counters and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71.6.1 LMT Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71.6.2 OMC HMI Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71.7 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

270 270 271 273 274 274 274 274 274 274 274 274 274 275 276 276 276 276 276 276 276 277 277 279 280 280 280 280 280 280 280 280 281 283 284 284 284 284 284 284 284 284 284 285 286 286 286 287 288 288 288 288 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

15 / 288

Contents

16 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

Preface

Preface
Purpose
This document describes the Alcatel-Lucent Release B11 GSM features. Note that some of the features may be unavailable on the system installed at your location. This document applies to Release B11 of the BSS. The following convention applies for a 9125 TC equipped with a TC STM1 IP subrack: TC STM1 interface board is also referred as TCIF TC STM1 IP interface board is also referred as TCIFI.

Document Pertinence

Whats New

In Edition 23a
Description improvement in Feature Activation (Section 56.3).

In Edition 23
Iur-g interface with enhanced control plane (Section 71) was added.

In Edition 22
Descriptions improvement in following chapters: Hardware Coverage (Section 21.2) Hardware Coverage (Section 39.2).

In Edition 21
Description improvement inRemove Mx Firmware from Hardware Status for MFS (Section 58).

In Edition 20
Description improvement in MC-RRH 900 - 2G/3G - Different PA - Separate 2G and 3G carriers in same module (Section 44).

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

17 / 288

Preface

In Edition 19
Description improvements in IP Flow Separation at Physical Level (Section 54).

In Edition 18
Section Improved Multi-GPU Performance (Section 70) was added. Description improvements in MC-RRH 900 - 2G -2PA (Section 60).

In Edition 17
Description improvement in 2 BTS Configuration within 2 Integrated SUMA Boards in 1 BTS Cabinet (Section 43) and Remove Mx Firmware from Hardware Status for MFS (Section 58). MC-Modules hardware capacity licensing (Section 69) was added.

In Edition 16
Description improvement in RMS Improvement: Increase of the 42 BCCH-BSIC Pairs Limit (Section 42).

In Edition 15
Description improvement in Remove Mx Firmware from Hardware Status for MFS (Section 58).

In Edition 14
Description improvement performed in Interworking with LTE in the Packet Domain (Section 56)

In Edition 13
The following Introduction of CF F8 LMT (Section 40) was updated due to Introduction of CF F8 LMT introduction. Description improvement in STM1 Bidirectional on 9125 TC Equipped with TC STM1-IP Subrack (Section 63).

In Edition 12
Description improvement.

In Edition 11
Improvements were done in: AMR WB Cell Load Handling (Section 55) B11 Features (Section 1.2) Hardware Coverage (Section 52.2) IP Flow Separation at Physical Level (Section 54)

In Edition 10
Improvement done in Support of TFO on NB-AMR (Section 24). The following MC TRE Module Introduction (Section 41) was updated due to MC TRE module introduction.

18 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

Preface

In Edition 09
New section BSC Patch Management (Section 68) was created. Improvement done in 3G Search Prio Wrong in PMO (Section 52). Updates performed in Interworking with LTE in the Packet Domain (Section 56).

In Edition 08
The following section were added: Gb flex (Section 62) STM1 Bidirectional on 9125 TC Equipped with TC STM1-IP Subrack (Section 63) BTS Synchronization Through NTP (Section 64).

In Edition 07
The Network Synchronization of Radio TS (Section 45) section was added. Description improvement in Description (Section 59.1).

In Edition 06
The section 9130 BSC Evolution Availability Improvement. Weekly Standby Reset. (Section 61) was added. The Randomisation of Fill Bits in L2 Messages (Section 39) was added. The Antenna Hopping (Section 38) was added.

In Edition 05
Improvement done in Adjust of BTS Power Level (Section 22). Description improvement performed in Parameters (Section 56.4) New features for B11 MR3: Remove Mx Firmware from Hardware Status for BSC (Section 57), Remove Mx Firmware from Hardware Status for MFS (Section 58)

In Edition 04
Description improvements made in: Counters and Indicators (Section 5.5) Customization of BTS External Alarms (Section 14) OMC HMI Updates (Section 19.6.2).

In Edition 03
Improvements were done in the following sections: IP Flow Separation at Physical Level (Section 54) Customization of BTS External Alarms (Section 14)

In Edition 02
Improvements were done in the following section Counters and Indicators (Section 17.5)

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

19 / 288

Preface

This document contains information about the following new feature 3G Search Prio wrong in PMO in 3G Search Prio Wrong in PMO (Section 52).

In Edition 01
First official release of the document.

20 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

Preface

Audience

This document is intended for personnel requiring a general overview of the Release B11 features, including: Technical Project Managers Support engineers Operators Client Help Desk personnel.

Assumed Knowledge

You must have a basic understanding of the following: Alcatel-Lucent operations and maintenance (O&M) concepts for GSM Network Management concepts and terminology.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

21 / 288

Preface

22 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

1 B11 Features Overview

1 B11 Features Overview

This section presents: The document structure An overview of the Release B11 features.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

23 / 288

1 B11 Features Overview

1.1 Document Structure

For each feature, this document provides: Description A short overview of the feature. Hardware Coverage A description of the supported hardware. Feature Activation Lists the steps required to use the feature. Parameters Counters and Indicators LMT/OMC HMI Updates Lists the new or modified windows in the LMT or OMC-R: LMT Updates OMC-R HMI Updates. Applicable Documents Lists associated documents.

24 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

1 B11 Features Overview

1.2 B11 Features

The following table presents the Release B11 feature list and the associated Maintenance Release. B11 Feature List AMR Signalling Modifications (Section 2) Improved Packet Connection Configurations (Section 3) Avoid Ping-Pong between CS and PS Zones for DTM MS (Section 4) CS Paging Coordination in the BSS Support (Section 5) Migration and Software Replacement Modifications (Section 6) BSS Software Management Modifications (Section 7): Single command for launching SW migration operations, per BSC Single screen for managing all operations for SW replacement (with multiple selections) Automatic report at end of the migration. Lock Configuration Actions during SW Replacement Procedure in the OMC-R (Section 8) AS 800 MFS not Supported in B11 (Section 9) Removal of the Support of BTS with DRFU (Section 10) MR1 B11 MR Number MR1 MR1 MR1 MR1 MR1 MR1

MR1 MR1

A5/3 Ciphering Algorithm Support (Section 11) Edit n Adjacencies (Section 12) Copy&Paste of Data in OMC-R Forms (Section 13) Customization of BTS External Alarms (Section 14) Clean Management of Reselection Links (Section 16) New GSL Counters (Section 17) SEC Command Line Interface (Section 18) Load Indicators for OMC-R (Section 19) Centralized Licence Server and Time Validity for Optional Features (Section 20) TRX Dynamic Power Saving (Section 21) Support of Windows Vista for PC LMT (Section 23) Support of TFO on NB-AMR (Section 24)

MR1 MR1 MR1 MR1 MR1 MR1 MR1 MR1 MR1

MR1 MR1 MR1

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

25 / 288

1 B11 Features Overview

B11 Feature List A-Flex (Section 25) A Signalling over IP (Section 26) New ALMAP FM Module Replacing AS (Section 27) Inter-BSS NACC/ Inter-RAT NACC (3G- ->2G) (Section 28) New SUN HW Platform for OMC-R (Section 29) OMC-R Compatible with SAN Architecture (Section 30) New OMC-R Restore Strategy (Section 31) STM1 on 9130 BSC Evolution (Section 32) Full Gb over IP Option (Section 33) Lock of Additional Optional Features (Section 34) Broadcast Other Value than CI in SYSINFO (Section 35) Enhanced 2G to 3G FDD/TDD Cell Re-selection (Section 36) Investigation Based on Permanent Measurements (Section 37) Fast Traffic Handover on G1 TRX (*) SS7 clear request during establishment phase (*) New counters of discarded messages (NE request) (*) MFS Defence and Investigation Facilities (P0) Export of EML MFS aspects like equipment (GPU) (*) Export interface for User Logs (*) Parameter Dictionary: Description of operational impacts during parameter modifications Additional operational information in GCD feature descriptions (***) GCD Counter and Indicator Dictionary: Additional information for each counter and indicator on the related feature Documentation of all system, feature and procedure changes in the new release (***) Ethernet Installation Kit CMCC Q3 interface (*) Ilog 5.1 introduction due to 5.0 EOL (*)

B11 MR Number MR1 MR1 MR1 MR1 MR1 MR1 MR1 MR1 MR1 MR1 MR1 MR1 MR1 MR1 MR1 MR1 MR1 MR1 MR1 MR1

MR1 MR1

MR1

MR1 MR1 MR1

26 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

1 B11 Features Overview

B11 Feature List SUMx remote firmware upgrade (*) Support of Sftp in the OMC (Section 53) Adaptation of TD/SYT capacity tools for production (*) On-Demand loading (**) Support of TC redundancy (manual operation) IP Flow Separation at Physical Level (Section 54) Phase 1: AsigOIP Tel and O&M flow separated on 2 different ports. Investigation based on permanent measurements Adjust of BTS Power Level (Section 22) Antenna Hopping (Section 38) Randomisation of Fill Bits in L2 Messages (Section 39) MC TRE Module Introduction (Section 41) RMS Improvement: Increase of the 42 BCCH-BSIC Pairs Limit (Section 42) 2 BTS Configuration within 2 Integrated SUMA Boards in 1 BTS Cabinet (Section 43) MC-RRH 900 - 2G/3G - Different PA - Separate 2G and 3G carriers in same module (Section 44) Gb flex (Section 62) BTS Synchronization Through NTP (Section 64) IP over Ethernet on Abis and Ater in IP Transport in the BSS (Section 46) Remote BTS NEM (Section 47) Layer 2 Network Access (Section 48) Security Enhancements for IP Introduction (Section 49) Logging of BTS Temperature (Section 50) Remote switching BTS Abis connection PM differentiation Packet User Traffic/Signalling, GPRS/EDGE 3G Search Prio Wrong in PMO (Section 52) AMR WB Cell Load Handling (Section 55)

B11 MR Number MR1 MR1 MR1 MR1 MR1 MR1

MR1 MR1 MR1Ed2 MR1Ed2 MR1Ed2 MR1Ed2

MR1Ed2

MR1Ed3

MR3 MR3 MR3

MR3 MR3 MR3 MR3 MR3 MR3 MR3/MR1Ed2 MR3

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

27 / 288

1 B11 Features Overview

B11 Feature List Interworking with LTE in the Packet Domain (Section 56) Remove Mx Firmware from Hardware Status for BSC (Section 57) Remove Mx Firmware from Hardware Status for MFS (Section 58) Change Granularity for Customization of BTS External Alarms (Section 15) Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) Protocol (Section 59) MC-RRH 900 - 2G -2PA (Section 60) BSC Patch Management (Section 68) 9130 BSC Evolution Availability Improvement. Weekly Standby Reset. (Section 61) STM1 Bidirectional on 9125 TC Equipped with TC STM1-IP Subrack (Section 63) CS/PS Outage Detection (Section 65) OMCP-OMC Supervision Link Defense (Section 66) TP Init Auto Test Improvements (Section 67) Introduction of CF F8 LMT (Section 40) MC-Modules hardware capacity licensing (Section 69) Iur-g interface with enhanced control plane (Section 71)
(*) (**) (***) : This feature does not impact Customer Documentation.

B11 MR Number MR1Ed2/MR3 MR1Ed2/MR3 MR1Ed2/MR3 MR3

MR3 MR3Ed1 MR1Ed2 MR1Ed2

MR1Ed2

MR1Ed2 MR1Ed2 MR1Ed2/MR3 MR1Ed2 MR1Ed2.1 MR1Ed2.2

: The feature description can be found in MUSE Customer Documentation. : This features purpose is the creation of this document.

Table 1: Release B11 Feature List

28 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

2 AMR Signalling Modifications

2 AMR Signalling Modifications

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

29 / 288

2 AMR Signalling Modifications

2.1 Description
When an AMR (NB or WB) speech codec is used in the TCH, to reduce the ACCH signalling error rate in poor radio conditions, Repeated Downlink FACCH and Repeated SACCH functionalities are used (FACCH and SACCH are sent twice).

2.2 Hardware Coverage

The feature is supported only by the 9130 BSC Evolution.

2.3 Feature Activation

For specific information about the feature activation, refer to the Network Reconfiguration Recommendations, to AMR Signalling Modifications.

2.4 Parameters
This section contains the new and modified parameters involved in feature deployment. Name EN_REP_DL_FACCH REP_DL_FACCH_LEGACY_SUPPORT REP_DL_FACCH_THRES_AMR_FR REP_DL_FACCH_THRES_AMR_HR REP_DL_FACCH_THRES_AMR_WB EN_REP_SACCH RADIOLINK_REP_DL_SACCH L_RXQUAL_UL_P_AMR_RXACCH L_RXQUAL_DL_P_AMR_RXACCH REP_DL_SACCH_THRES REP_DL_SACCH_WS REP_UL_SACCH_THRES REP_UL_SACCH_WS New New New New New New New New New New New New New New

30 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

2 AMR Signalling Modifications

2.5 Counters and Indicators

This section contains the new counters involved in feature deployment. Counter ID MC990 MC991 MC992 MC993 MC994 MC995 MC996 Counter Name NB_MS_REPEATED_ACCH_CAPABLE NB_CALLS_RFACCH_ACTIVATED NB_CALLS_RSACCH_ACTIVATED NB_AMR_TCH_DROP_RLF_TRX NB_AMR_TCH_DROP_RLF_TRX_RSACCH NB_AMR_TCH_DROP_OUT_HO_TRX NB_AMR_TCH_DROP_OUT_HO_TRX_RFACCH

2.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

2.6.1 LMT Updates
There are no LMT modifications.

2.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions, to REPEATED ACCH Window.

2.7 Applicable Documents

The following documents are impacted by the feature: 9153 OMC-R Online Help 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions Network Reconfiguration Recommendations.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

31 / 288

2 AMR Signalling Modifications

32 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

3 Improved Packet Connection Configurations

3 Improved Packet Connection Configurations

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

33 / 288

3 Improved Packet Connection Configurations

3.1 Description
This feature improves the current MFS bias mechanism in terms of ping performance and EDA configurations usage.

3.2 Hardware Coverage

The feature is not NE dependent.

3.3 Feature Activation

For specific information about the feature activation, refer to Network Reconfiguration Recommendations, to Improved Packet Connection Configurations.

3.4 Parameters
This section contains the new and modified parameters involved in feature deployment. Name EN_FULL_FAST _USF_UL_EXTENDED New Flag to enable / disable the full fast scheduling mode for uplink TBFs in EUTM. Values can be: 0-disable 1-enable FULL_FAST_USF_UL_EXTENDED Duration of the full fast USF scheduling phase for an UL TBF in EUTM, during which the UL TBF in EUTM may be scheduled on all its PDCHs (instead of on only one). It is expressed in number of successive block periods (20 ms). Flag to disable/enable the extended TBF mode feature on the uplink. Values can be: 0 if EUTM mode is not used 1 if EUTM mode is used 2 if I-EUTM is used (improved EUTM mode). IEUTM_MAX _IDLE_PERIOD Maximum duration of UL TBF inactivity before MS is polled in EUTM mode when EN_EXTENDED _UL_TBF is set ot 2 (IEUTM enabled). Transfer ratio above which the bias of the transfer is deemed as uplink (otherwise downlink).

EN_EXTENDED _UL_TBF

BIAS_LIMIT

34 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

3 Improved Packet Connection Configurations

Name N_POLLING_EUTM_LIMIT

New Maximum number of consecutive polling requests that can be sent to a MS in EUTM state (when EN_EXTENDED _UL_TBF is set on 2 (IEUTM enabled)) without receiving a polling response in a PCA. Maximum duration of the extended uplink TBF phase.

T_MAX _EXTENDED_UL

3.5 Counters and Indicators

There are no counter and indicator modifications.

3.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

3.6.1 LMT Updates
There are no LMT modifications.

3.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions, to: RNUSM: Edit BSS Telecom Parameters - Radio Res. Mngt. View RNUSM: Edit Cell Window - Radio Res. Ctrl View.

3.7 Applicable Documents

The following documents are impacted by the feature: 9153 OMC-R Online Help 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions Network Reconfiguration Recommendations.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

35 / 288

3 Improved Packet Connection Configurations

36 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

4 Avoid Ping-Pong between CS and PS Zones for DTM MS

4 Avoid Ping-Pong between CS and PS Zones for DTM MS

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

37 / 288

4 Avoid Ping-Pong between CS and PS Zones for DTM MS

4.1 Description
When a transition DTM to Dedicated mode occurs (DL/UL TBF release), a Handover cause 30 can be triggered to move the corresponding RTS (which handles CS) from the PS traffic zone to the CS traffic zone. This way frees the Radio Resources for further PS transactions. The aim of the feature is to delay the handover execution to avoid ping-pong between the CS and PS zone, if the mobile enters DTM again before the delay has expired.

4.2 Hardware Coverage

The feature is not supported on 9120 BSC, but only by 9130 BSC.

4.3 Feature Activation

The feature is not optional. For specific information about the feature activation, refer to Network Reconfiguration Recommendations, to Avoid Ping Pong between CS and PS Zone.

4.4 Parameters
This section contains the new and modified parameters involved in feature deployment. Name N_DELAYED_HO_CAUSE30 New New

4.5 Counters and Indicators

Counter ID MC482 Counter Name NB_TCH_HO_REQ_30_ABORTED

4.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

4.6.1 LMT Updates
There are no LMT modifications.

4.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions, to "GENERAL HO CONTROL" Window.

38 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

4 Avoid Ping-Pong between CS and PS Zones for DTM MS

4.7 Applicable Documents

The following documents are impacted by the feature: 9153 OMC-R Online Help 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions Network Reconfiguration Recommendations.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

39 / 288

4 Avoid Ping-Pong between CS and PS Zones for DTM MS

40 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

5 CS Paging Coordination in the BSS Support

5 CS Paging Coordination in the BSS Support

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

41 / 288

5 CS Paging Coordination in the BSS Support

5.1 Description
Without paging coordination, CS Paging messages are always broadcast through the CCCH/PCH channel, even if the MS is in PTM mode. The support of paging coordination improves CS paging performances. It allows to broadcast CS Paging messages through the PDCH/PACCH. It is mandatory to fully support the DTM feature.

5.2 Hardware Coverage

The feature is not NE dependent.

5.3 Feature Activation

For specific information about the feature activation, refer to Network Reconfiguration Recommendations, to Support of Paging Coordination in the BSS.

5.4 Parameters
This section contains the new and modified parameters involved in feature deployment. Name EN_BSS_PAGING_COORDINATION (BSC) EN_BSS_PAGING_COORDINATION (MFS) New New New

5.5 Counters and Indicators

This section contains the new counters involved in feature deployment. Counter ID P390a P390b Counter Name NB_BSS_CS_PAGING_REQ_GPU NB_CS_PAGING_REQ_PACCH

5.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

5.6.1 LMT Updates
There are no LMT modifications.

5.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions, to "GPRS GENERAL" Window.

42 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

5 CS Paging Coordination in the BSS Support

5.7 Applicable Documents

The following documents are impacted by the feature: 9153 OMC-R Online Help 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions Network Reconfiguration Recommendations.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

43 / 288

5 CS Paging Coordination in the BSS Support

44 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

6 Migration and Software Replacement Modifications

6 Migration and Software Replacement Modifications

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

45 / 288

6 Migration and Software Replacement Modifications

6.1 Description
The features deal with the following topics: Performing, during MFS migration operation, the first steps of the BSC migration method, including downloads. The overall migration is better scheduled. Launching PM jobs after launching the activation of the new BSS software and before the audits. The resolution concerns the OMC-R internal software. Downloading software in all 9130 BSCs Evolutions found in one OMC-R in parallel, whatever the OMC-R size. No longer stopping the running PMC on the BSCs during migration or software change.

6.2 Hardware Coverage

The features are partially dependent on the 9130 BSC Evolution.

6.3 Feature Activation

The features are not optional.

6.4 Parameters
There are no parameter modifications.

6.5 Counters and Indicators

There are no counter and indicator modifications.

6.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

6.6.1 LMT Updates
There are no LMT modifications.

6.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

There are no OMC HMI modifications.

6.7 Applicable Documents

The following documents are impacted by the feature: B10/B11 MFS/TC/BSS Software Migration B11/B11 MFS/TC/BSS Software Replacement.

46 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

7 BSS Software Management Modifications

7 BSS Software Management Modifications

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

47 / 288

7 BSS Software Management Modifications

7.1 Description
This feature brings the following modifications: A single command for launching a series of previously selected actions required for the BSS software change A single screen for managing all operations for the software replacement (with multiple selections) that allows a better view of all the software changes in progress An automatic report at end of the migration that offers a quick and easy view of the BSS state after the software change in comparison with its initial state (before the software change).

7.2 Hardware Coverage

The features are supported for both 9120 BSC and 9130 BSC Evolution.

7.3 Feature Activation

The features are not optional.

7.4 Parameters
There are no parameter modifications.

7.5 Counters and Indicators

There are no counter and indicator modifications.

7.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

7.6.1 LMT Updates
There are no LMT modifications.

7.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

For specific information about the OMC HMI, refer to 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions, to BSSUSM : Software Management.

48 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

7 BSS Software Management Modifications

7.7 Applicable Documents

The following documents are impacted by the feature: B10/B11 MFS/TC/BSS Software Migration B11/B11 MFS/TC/BSS Software Replacement. 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions 9153 OMC-R Online Help BSS Configuration Handbook Operations & Maintenance Principles.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

49 / 288

7 BSS Software Management Modifications

50 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

8 Lock Configuration Actions during SW Replacement Procedure in the OMC-R

8 Lock Configuration Actions during SW Replacement Procedure in the OMC-R

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

51 / 288

8 Lock Configuration Actions during SW Replacement Procedure in the OMC-R

8.1 Description
The feature consists of locking any configuration actions, either from SC or from PRC during the software replacement procedure. This lock begins from the moment when the software package is generated until the end of the audit following the software activation. The lock applies for all BSCs managed by the OMC-R, whether they are involved in the software replacement operation or not.

8.2 Hardware Coverage

The feature is supported regardless of the station on which the OMC-R is installed.

8.3 Feature Activation

The feature is not optional.

8.4 Parameters
There are no parameter modifications.

8.5 Counters and Indicators

There are no counter and indicator modifications.

8.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

8.6.1 LMT Updates
There are no LMT modifications.

8.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

There are no OMC HMI modifications.

8.7 Applicable Documents

The following documents are impacted by the feature: B10/B11 MFS/TC/BSS Software Migration B11/B11 MFS/TC/BSS Software Replacement.

52 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

9 AS 800 MFS not Supported in B11

9 AS 800 MFS not Supported in B11

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

53 / 288

9 AS 800 MFS not Supported in B11

9.1 Description
Starting with B11, the AS800 MFS is no longer supported. All documents that refer to this type of MFS must be updated.

9.2 Hardware Coverage

Not applicable.

9.3 Feature Activation

The feature is mandatory in Release B11, therefore there is no activation scenario.

9.4 Parameters
There are no new or modified parameters.

9.5 Counters and Indicators

There are no counter and indicator modifications.

9.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

9.6.1 LMT Updates
There are no LMT modifications.

9.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

There are no OMC HMI modifications.

9.7 Applicable Documents

The following documents are impacted by the feature: 9135 MFS Maintenance Handbook 9135 MFS Software Installation Network Reconfiguration Recommendations 9135 MFS Description BSS Configuration Rules 9130 MFS Evolution Commissioning Manual.

54 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

10 Removal of the Support of BTS with DRFU

10 Removal of the Support of BTS with DRFU

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

55 / 288

10 Removal of the Support of BTS with DRFU

10.1 Description
Starting with B11, the G1 and G2 BTSs are no longer supported. All documents that refer to these types of BTS must be updated.

10.2 Hardware Coverage

Not applicable.

10.3 Feature Activation

There is no activation scenario for this feature.

10.4 Parameters
There are no new or modified parameters.

10.5 Counters and Indicators

There are no counter and indicator modifications.

10.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

10.6.1 LMT Updates
There are no LMT modifications.

10.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

There are no OMC HMI modifications.

10.7 Applicable Documents

The following GCD documents are impacted by the feature: BSS Preventive Maintenance Handbook Network Reconfiguration Recommendations Engineering Rules for LMT BSS Configuration Rules Operations & Maintenance Principles BSS Overview BSS Methods Handbook BTS Alarm Dictionary 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions 9153 OMC-R Online Help

56 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

10 Removal of the Support of BTS with DRFU

The following methods are impacted by the feature: Move BTS/Abis, Different BSC, Different OMC-R Move BTS/Abis in Same BSC Move Several Abis Links from a BSC to Another, Same OMC-R Replace X BTS with Y BTS, Free Abis Port Replace X BTS with Y BTS, Same Abis Port Reconfigure TRE/Sectors, A9100 BTS Reconfigure TRE/Sectors, Monoband to Multiband Cell Delete TRE from Equipped A9100 BTS Synchronize BTS Master / Slave Site Desynchronize BTS Master / Slave Site.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

57 / 288

10 Removal of the Support of BTS with DRFU

58 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

11 A5/3 Ciphering Algorithm Support

11 A5/3 Ciphering Algorithm Support

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

59 / 288

11 A5/3 Ciphering Algorithm Support

11.1 Description
A5/3 is a new ciphering algorithm specified first for UMTS, and now also defined for GSM. It is used for circuit switched channels.

11.2 Hardware Coverage

The feature is supported only for G4 / G5 TRE (TDM or IP BTS). If the feature is activated for G3 TRE, A5/1ciphering it is used for this TRE.

11.3 Feature Activation

For specific information about the feature activation, refer to the Network Reconfiguration Recommendations, to Support of A5/3 Ciphering Algorithm.

11.4 Parameters
This section contains the new and modified parameters involved in feature deployment. Name CELL_CIPH_SET TRX_CIPH_CAP TRE_CIPH_CAP New New New New

11.5 Counters and Indicators

This section contains the new counters involved in feature deployment. Counter ID MC951 MC952 MC953 MC954 MC955 MC956 Counter Name NB_TCH_A5_3_REQ NB_CIPHER_CMD_A5_3 NB_SUCC_CIPHER_CMD_A5_3 NB_TCH_A5_3_ASS NB_TCH_A5_3_ASS_NO_TRX NB_ASS_HO_CMD_A5_3_NO_TRX

60 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

11 A5/3 Ciphering Algorithm Support

11.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

11.6.1 LMT Updates
There are no LMT modifications.

11.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions. The following sections are updated: RNUSM: Network Information Window RNUSM: Edit Cell Window BSSUSM: Modify BTS Characteristics Window.

11.7 Applicable Documents

The following documents are impacted by the feature: 9153 OMC-R Online Help 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions Network Reconfiguration Recommendations BSS Overview.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

61 / 288

11 A5/3 Ciphering Algorithm Support

62 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

12 Edit n Adjacencies

12 Edit n Adjacencies

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

63 / 288

12 Edit n Adjacencies

12.1 Description
This feature allows the user to modify one or more adjacency parameters on several adjacencies in one shot (in a similar way as it is currently done with the edit n-cells facility).

12.2 Hardware Coverage

The feature is not NE dependent.

12.3 Feature Activation

The feature is not optional.

12.4 Parameters
There are no parameter modifications.

12.5 Counters and Indicators

There are no counter and indicator modifications.

12.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

12.6.1 LMT Updates
There are no LMT modifications.

12.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions, toRNUSM Edit N Adjs Window.

12.7 Applicable Documents

The following documents are impacted by the feature: 9153 OMC-R Online Help 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions BSS Configuration Handbook.

64 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

13 Copy&Paste of Data in OMC-R Forms

13 Copy&Paste of Data in OMC-R Forms

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

65 / 288

13 Copy&Paste of Data in OMC-R Forms

13.1 Description
The aim of this feature is to provide a better mechanism for Copy & Paste in the USM windows, and make all text boxes and objects editable. In the USM windows all text fields, which do not have an interactor attached, are available for highlight. Using this highlight,the copy/paste mechanism is extended to all parameters and field names.

13.2 Hardware Coverage

The feature is not NE dependent.

13.3 Feature Activation

The feature is not optional.

13.4 Parameters
There are no parameter modifications.

13.5 Counters and Indicators

There are no counters and indicators improvements.

13.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

13.6.1 LMT Updates
There are no LMT HMI improvements

13.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

The OMC HMI updates can be followed in 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions.

13.7 Applicable Documents

The impacted document by the feature is 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions

66 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

14 Customization of BTS External Alarms

14 Customization of BTS External Alarms

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

67 / 288

14 Customization of BTS External Alarms

14.1 Description
This feature provides more flexibility to customers to declare the external alarms on BTSs. The solution consists in offering several profiles per BTS type for declaring the external alarms.

14.2 Hardware Coverage

The feature is not NE dependent.

14.3 Feature Activation

The feature is optional. For specific information about the feature activation, refer to the BSS Configuration Handbook.

14.4 Parameters
This section contains the new parameter involved in the feature deployment. Name En_CustExtAlmBts New New

14.5 Counters and Indicators

There are no counter and indicator modifications.

14.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

14.6.1 LMT Updates
There are no LMT modifications

14.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions.

14.7 Applicable Documents

The following documents are impacted by the feature: 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions 9153 OMC-R Online Help BSS Surveillance Handbook Operations & Maintenance Principles 9153 OMC-R Getting Started.

68 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

15 Change Granularity for Customization of BTS External Alarms

15 Change Granularity for Customization of BTS External Alarms

Note: This feature is available starting with B11 MR1Ed2 release.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

69 / 288

15 Change Granularity for Customization of BTS External Alarms

15.1 Description
This feature is alocated per number of BTSs for which external alarm profile is not set to the default profile. This is a limited feature. If the number of BTSs for which the external alarm profile is not the default one, exceeds the limit alocated by contract, the centralized license server rejects any configuration which requests other BTSs to use non-default profiles.

15.2 Hardware Coverage

The feature is not NE dependent.

15.3 Feature Activation

The feature is optional. For specific information about the feature functionality, refer to the BSS Surveillance Handbook.

15.4 Parameters
There are no new or modified parameters.

15.5 Counters and Indicators

There are no new or modified counters and indicators

15.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

15.6.1 LMT Updates
There are no LMT modifications.

15.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

The OMC HMI updates can be followed in 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions

15.7 Applicable Documents

The following documents are impacted by the feature: Network Reconfiguration Recommendations BSS Surveillance Handbook. 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions

70 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

16 Clean Management of Reselection Links

16 Clean Management of Reselection Links

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

71 / 288

16 Clean Management of Reselection Links

16.1 Description
This feature improves the process of reselection retrieval, as is the case for the HO links.

16.2 Hardware Coverage

The feature is not NE dependent.

16.3 Feature Activation

The feature activation is made virtually in the OMC-R.

16.4 Parameters
This section contains the new and modified parameters involved in feature deployment. Name Link-Type-2G New New

16.5 Counters and Indicators

There are no counter and indicator modifications.

16.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

16.6.1 LMT Updates
There are no LMT modifications.

16.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

There are no OMC HMI modifications.

16.7 Applicable Documents

The BSS Overview is impacted by the feature.

72 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

17 New GSL Counters

17 New GSL Counters

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

73 / 288

17 New GSL Counters

17.1 Description
This feature provides new counters related to the GSL interface in order to ease the BSCGP protocol dimensioning for both possible configurations: terrestrial and satellite configurations.

17.2 Hardware Coverage

Depending on the transport mode: The TDM mode is available on G2/MX BSC and on Legacy/MX MFS The IP mode is available on MX BSC and Legacy/MX MFS.

17.3 Feature Activation

The feature is optional.

17.4 Parameters
There are no new or modified parameters.

17.5 Counters and Indicators

New counters exist at the BSCGP application level to configure the window size and acknowledgement timer: For BSC: nb_UL_GSL_messages UL_GSL_messages_max UL_GSL_messages_avg. For MFS: nb_DL_GSL_messages DL_GSL_messages_max DL_GSL_messages_avg.

74 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

17 New GSL Counters

The following table presents the new GSL counters for a BSC in TDM or IP mode. Counter ID for BSC in TDM/IP Mode BSC_3_L1.5 BSC_3_L1.6 BSC_3_L1.12 BSC_3_L1.16 BSC_3_L1.17 BSC_3_L1.18 BSC_IP24l Counter Name

NB_LAPD_ RNR_SENT NB_LAPD_ RNR_REC NB_LAPD_ CRC_ERROR TIME_LAPD_UNAVAIL NB_LAPD_EST NB_LAPD_CONG MAX_NB_MSG_SENT

Table 2: GSL Counters for BSC in TDM/IP Mode The following table presents the new GSL counters for a MFS in TDM or IP mode. Counter ID for MFS in TDM/IP Mode MFS_1_1 MFS_1_2 MFS_1_4 MFS_1_4bis MFS_1_5 MFS_2_1 MFS_2_2 MFS_5_P547m MFS_5_P547l Counter Name Nb_GSL_msg_sent Nb_GSL_msg_discarded Cumul_full_ongoingA Cumul_full_ongoingB Nb_GSL_msg_resent Nb_GSL_msg_received Nb_GSL_channel_req_ received Max_Nb_Kb_sent Max_Nb_Msg_sent

Table 3: GSL Counters for MFS in TDM/IP Mode The following table presents the new PS counters: Counter ID P7a P7b Counter Name NB_BSCGP_MSG_SENT NB_BSCGP_MSG_DISCARDED

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

75 / 288

17 New GSL Counters

Counter ID P7c_1 P7c_2 P7d P7e P7f P7g P7h P7i P9a P22a P30e P62e P90h P90i P91h P91i P181a P181b

Counter Name CUMULATED_TIME_ONGOING_QUEUE_A_FULL CUMULATED_TIME_ONGOING_QUEUE_B_FULL NB_BSCGP_MSG_RESENT NB_BSCGP_MSG_RECEIVED NB_BSCGP_CHANNEL_REQ_RECEIVED NB_BSCGP_BYTES_SENT MAX_NB_BSCGP_BYTES_SENT MAX_NB_BSCGP_MSG_SENT NB_DL_TBF_NORM_REL_EGPRS NB_UL_TBF_NORM_REL_EGPRS NB_UL_TBF_EST_SUCC_EGPRS_MStransDL NB_UL_TBF_EST_REQ_EGPRS_MStransDL NB_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC_EGPRS_MS_Transfer_UL NB_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC_EGPRS_T3192 NB_DL_TBF_EST_REQ_EGPRS_MS_Transfer_UL NB_DL_TBF_EST_REQ_EGPRS_T3192 NB_DL_TBF_REL_SIG NB_UL_TBF_REL_SIG

Table 4: PS counters Note: The following counters are MR3 only: The following table presents the PS counters for MR3: Counter ID P505a P506a P507a P508a Counter Name NB_DTM_DL_TBF_EST_REQ_EGPRS NB_DTM_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC_EGPRS NB_DTM_UL_TBF_EST_REQ_EGPRS NB_DTM_UL_TBF_EST_SUCC_EGPRS

76 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

17 New GSL Counters

Counter ID P509a P510a Table 5: PS couters for MR3

Counter Name NB_DTM_CS_DL_TBF_RELEASE_EGPRS NB_DTM_CS_UL_TBF_RELEASE_EGPRS

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

77 / 288

17 New GSL Counters

17.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

17.6.1 LMT Updates
There are no LMT modifications.

17.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

There are no OMC HMI modifications.

17.7 Applicable Documents

The document impacted by the feature is Quality of Service Alerters User Guide.

78 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

18 SEC Command Line Interface

18 SEC Command Line Interface

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

79 / 288

18 SEC Command Line Interface

18.1 Description
This feature allows the users to centralize their user management. SEC provides a Command Line Interface. This interface offers all necessary for access right management (user profiles, OAD, FAD).

18.2 Hardware Coverage

The feature is not NE dependent.

18.3 Feature Activation

The feature is not optional.

18.4 Parameters
There are no parameter modifications.

18.5 Counters and Indicators

There are no counter and indicator modifications.

18.6 LMT / OMC HMI Updates

18.6.1 LMT Updates
There are no LMT modifications.

18.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

There are not OMC HMI updates.

18.7 Applicable Documents

The following documents are impacted by the feature: 9153 OMC-R Getting Started 9153 OMC-R Command Mode.

80 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

19 Load Indicators for OMC-R

19 Load Indicators for OMC-R

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

81 / 288

19 Load Indicators for OMC-R

19.1 Description
This feature is intended as a useful tool for system administrators to help troubleshoot different SOLARIS and applications problems; the tool is also useful to indicate the system load.

19.2 Hardware Coverage

The feature is not NE dependent.

19.3 Feature Activation

The feature is not optional.

19.4 Parameters
There are no parameter modifications.

19.5 Counters and Indicators

There are no counter and indicator modifications.

19.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

19.6.1 LMT Updates
There are no LMT modifications.

19.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions, to OMC-R Load Indicators Window.

19.7 Applicable Documents

The following documents are impacted by the feature: 9153 OMC-R Network Administration Handbook 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions.

82 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

20 Centralized Licence Server and Time Validity for Optional Features

20 Centralized Licence Server and Time Validity for Optional Features

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

83 / 288

20 Centralized Licence Server and Time Validity for Optional Features

20.1 Description
This component can be installed on every OMC-R, or on another Unix machine. The license server use a limits file (similar to the current oflcf) in order to store the allowed upper limits of the configured units quantities. The server displays the current status of the optional features for the all involved OMC-Rs, like oflcf for a single OMC in RNUSM

20.2 Hardware Coverage

The feature is not NE dependent.

20.3 Feature Activation

The feature is not optional.

20.4 Parameters
Name Validity-date New New

20.5 Counters and Indicators

There are no counter and indicator modifications.

20.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

20.6.1 LMT Updates
There are no LMT modifications.

20.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions, to DSMUSM Window.

84 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

20 Centralized Licence Server and Time Validity for Optional Features

20.7 Applicable Documents

The following documents are impacted by the feature: 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions B11/B11 9153 OMC-R Software Replacement B10/B11 9153 OMC-R Software Migration 9153 OMC-R Network Administration Handbook 9153 OMC-R Methods Handbook Optional Features Activation on Running 9153 OMC-R 9153 OMC-R Installation Site Preparation Sheet.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

85 / 288

20 Centralized Licence Server and Time Validity for Optional Features

86 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

21 TRX Dynamic Power Saving

21 TRX Dynamic Power Saving

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

87 / 288

21 TRX Dynamic Power Saving

21.1 Description
This feature reduces BTS power consumption. The solution consists in switching off the Power Amplifier (PA) bias of a TRX as soon as several consecutive timeslots are not used in DL on this TRX.

21.2 Hardware Coverage

The feature is not supported by MC TRE only by G3, G4 and G5 TRE.

21.3 Feature Activation

For specific information about the feature activation, refer to Network Reconfiguration Recommendations, to TRX Dynamic Power Saving.

21.4 Parameters
This section contains the new and modified parameters involved in feature deployment. Name EN_POWER_SAVING New New

21.5 Counters and Indicators

Counter ID MC957 MC958 Counter Name TIME_TS_BUSY TIME_PA_BIAS_ON

21.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

21.6.1 LMT Updates
There are no LMT modifications.

21.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions, to RNUSM: Edit Cell View.

88 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

21 TRX Dynamic Power Saving

21.7 Applicable Documents

The following documents are impacted by the feature: 9153 OMC-R Online Help 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions Network Reconfiguration Recommendations BSS Overview BSS Configuration Rules.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

89 / 288

21 TRX Dynamic Power Saving

90 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

22 Adjust of BTS Power Level

22 Adjust of BTS Power Level

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

91 / 288

22 Adjust of BTS Power Level

22.1 Description
This feature allows setting the maximum transmission power used at cell level per BTS cabinet.

22.2 Hardware Coverage

The feature is not NE dependent.

22.3 Feature Activation

The feature is not optional.

22.4 Parameters
Name BS_TXPWR_ATTENUATION BS_TXPWR_ATTENUATION_INNER New New New

22.5 Counters and Indicators

There are no counter and indicator modifications.

22.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

22.6.1 LMT Updates
There are no LMT modifications.

22.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions, to RNUSM: Edit Cell View.

22.7 Applicable Documents

The following documents are impacted by the feature: 9153 OMC-R Online Help 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions BSS Overview Replace Non Alcatel-Lucent BTS with Alcatel-Lucent BTS.

92 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

23 Support of Windows Vista for PC LMT

23 Support of Windows Vista for PC LMT

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

93 / 288

23 Support of Windows Vista for PC LMT

23.1 Description
Windows Vista can be used as the Operating System for the PC LMT.

23.2 Hardware Coverage

Windows Vista required more resource then Windows XP / 2000. The minimum resource requirements by Windows Vista are: 1 gigahertz (GHz) 32-bit (x 86) processor or 1 GHz 64-bit (x 64) processor 1 GB of system memory 128 MB of graphics memory (minimum) 40-GB hard disk that has 15 GB of free hard disk space.

23.3 Feature Activation

There is no activation scenario for this feature.

23.4 Parameters
There are no parameter modifications.

23.5 Counters and Indicators

There are no counter and indicator modifications.

23.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

23.6.1 LMT Updates
Some components of the PC LMT must be updated to support and to work properly with Windows Vista.

23.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

There are no OMC HMI modifications.

94 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

23 Support of Windows Vista for PC LMT

23.7 Applicable Documents

The following documents are impacted by the feature: 9125 TC Commissioning Manual 9125 TC Acceptance Manual 9130 BSC Evolution Software Installation 9110-E Micro BTS Commissioning Manual 9135 MFS Software Installation 9130 MFS Evolution Commissioning Manual BSS Methods Handbook 9135 MFS Maintenance Handbook BTS NEM User Guide 9130 MFS Evolution IMT User Guide 9135 MFS IMT User Guide 9125 Transcoder NEM User Guide TC Corrective Maintenance Handbook 9130 BSC Evolution Terminal User Guide 9130 BSC Evolution Maintenance Handbook 9130 BSC Evolution NEM User Guide BSS Configuration Rules Engineering Rules for LMT Move BTS/Abis in Same BSC.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

95 / 288

23 Support of Windows Vista for PC LMT

96 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

24 Support of TFO on NB-AMR

24 Support of TFO on NB-AMR

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

97 / 288

24 Support of TFO on NB-AMR

24.1 Description
The Tandem Free Operation (TFO) is a call configuration where a transcoder device is physically present in the signal path, but the transcoding functions are bypassed. Adaptive Multiple Rate (AMR) increases the quality of speech during conversations and also increases the offered capacity due to the provision of half-rate channels. To support TFO on NB-AMR, HR_AMR and FR_AMR is a prerequisite.

24.2 Hardware Coverage

TRAU G2 MT 120, G2.5 MT 120 supports TFO on NB-AMR if upgraded. TRAU G2.5 MT 120-WB does not support TFO on NB-AMR in Release B11. TFO on NB-AMR is supported only by a 9130 BSC Evolution.

24.3 Feature Activation

To activate TFO on NB-AMR, refer to the Network Reconfiguration Recommendations , to Support of TFO on NB-AMR.

24.4 Parameters
This section contains the new and modified parameters involved in feature deployment. Name PREF_CONFIG_FR_AMR_NB PREF_CONFIG_HR_AMR_NB EN_TFO_AMR_NB EN_TFO_MATCH New New New New Modified

24.5 Counters and Indicators

The TFO for AMR-NB introduces the following BSC counters. Counter ID MC938 MC939 MC950 Counter Name NB_CALL_TFO_AMR_WB NB_HO_INTER_TFO_AMR_WB NB_HO_EXT_TFO_AMR_WB

98 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

24 Support of TFO on NB-AMR

24.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

24.6.1 LMT Updates
There are no LMT modifications.

24.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to the 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions, to TFO Window and AMR Window.

24.7 Applicable Documents

The following documents are impacted by the feature: Network Reconfiguration Recommendations 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions BSS Configuration Rules 9153 OMC-R Online Help BSS Overview.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

99 / 288

24 Support of TFO on NB-AMR

100 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

25 A-Flex

25 A-Flex

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

101 / 288

25 A-Flex

25.1 Description
The A-Flex feature allows a BSC to connect to more than one MSC. One BSC connects up to 16 MSC servers. When A-Flex is applied, one or more MSC serve a CS pool-area, but only one of these MSC serves each individual MS. The A-Flex feature does not work with core network sharing. One and only one MSC Server always controls an interface circuit. The A-Flex feature requires the A signalling over IP feature.

25.2 Hardware Coverage

The feature is implemented only in the case of: 9130 BSC Evolution A non-Legacy MSC.

25.3 Feature Activation

To activate A-Flex, refer to the Reconfigure BSC/MSC.

25.4 Parameters
This section contains the new and modified parameters involved in feature deployment. Name EN_A_FLEX MSC SBL number MSC_SPC MSC_CN_ID NRI_LIST NRI_LENGTH PLMN Name MSC_MCC MSC_MNC MIN_NB_ACTIVE_IPSP MSC Name (local to the OMC) MSC_WEIGHT New New New New New New New New New New New New New

102 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

25 A-Flex

Name OFFLOADED NULL_NRI

New New New

25.5 Counters and Indicators

A-Flex introduces the following BSC counters. Counter ID C8e MC8e MC980 MC981 MC982 MC983 MC984 MC985a MC985b MC985c MC985d MC985e MC986 MC987 MC988 Counter Name NB_CS_PAGING_with_IMSI (TRX) NB_CS_PAGING_with_IMSI (Cell) NB_INIT_L3_MSG_PAGING_RESPONSE_NRI NB_INIT_L3_MSG_IMSI_DETACH_IND_NRI NB_INIT_L3_MSG_CM_RE_ESTABL_REQ_NRI NB_INIT_L3_MSG_IMSI_ATTACH_NRI NB_INIT_L3_MSG_LOC_UPD_NRI NB_INIT_L3_MSG_CM_SERV_REQ_SMS_NRI NB_INIT_L3_MSG_CM_SERV_REQ_SUP_SERV_NRI NB_INIT_L3_MSG_CM_SERV_REQ_CALL_EST_NRI NB_INIT_L3_MSG_CM_SERV_REQ_LOC_SERV_NRI NB_INIT_L3_MSG_CM_SERV_REQ_OTHERS_NRI NB_TIMES_MSC_SELECTION_NRI NB_TIMES_MSC_SELECTION_IMSI NB_TIMES_MSC_SELECTION_LB

A-Flex introduces the following MFS counter. Counter ID P53d Counter Name NB_CS_PAGING_WITH_GLOBAL_CN_ID_PCH

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

103 / 288

25 A-Flex

25.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

25.6.1 LMT Updates
There are no LMT modifications.

25.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to the 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions, to BSSUSM: BSS Parameters.

25.7 Applicable Documents

The following GCD documents are impacted by the feature: Network Reconfiguration Recommendations 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions BSS Configuration Rules 9153 OMC-R Online Help BSS Overview BSC and TC Alarm Dictionary Which Scenario to Use. The following FPD documents are impacted by the feature: Reconfigure BSC/MSC Add a New BSS on OMC-R Replace 9120 BSC with 9130 BSC Evolution Move 9130 BSC Evolution without MFS, Different MSC, Same OMC-R Move 9130 BSC Evolution, Same MFS, Different MSC, Same OMC-R Move 9130 BSC Evolution, Different MFS, Different MSC, Same OMC-R Move 9130 MFS Evolution with Associated BSS, Different OMC-R Move 9130 BSC Evolution Without MFS, Same MSC, Different OMC-R Move 9130 BSC Evolution, Different MFS, Same MSC, Different OMC-R Move 9130 BSC Evolution, Different MFS, Different MSC, Different OMC-R Move 9130 BSC Evolution, Different MFS, Same MSC, Same 9153 OMC-R.

104 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

26 A Signalling over IP

26 A Signalling over IP

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

105 / 288

26 A Signalling over IP

26.1 Description
This feature is one of the solutions for the BSS to be connected to the NGN network. The purpose of this feature is to transfer the SS7 signaling over the IP network between the BSC and NGN core network. The benefits of this feature are the following: Improvement of the signaling transfer reliability and lower transfer delay Higher signalling transfer bandwidth Simple network configuration and flexible network construction It supports multi remote SS7 end points to be connected to BSC. The feature is an optional feature, and the A-signalling over TDM is still supported. TDM mode and IP mode are exclusive.

26.2 Hardware Coverage

The feature is implemented only in the case of: 9130 BSC Evolution A non-Legacy MSC.

26.3 Feature Activation

To activate A Signalling over IP, refer to Modify N7 Transport Mode for 9130 BSC Evolution.

26.4 Parameters
This section contains the new and modified parameters involved in feature deployment. Name MSC SBL number MSC_SPC MSC_CN_ID NRI_LIST NRI_LENGTH PLMN Name MSC_MCC MSC_MNC MIN_NB_ACTIVE_IPSP New New New New New New New New New New

106 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

26 A Signalling over IP

Name MSC Name (local to the OMC) MSC_WEIGHT OFFLOADED NULL_NRI MSC IP Address MSC Secondary IP Address MSC Port Number BSC IP Address EN_ASIG_ OVER_IP BSC Port Number ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_IP_Address_1 ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_IP_Address_2 ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_LIST ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_PORT START_TELECOM_IP_ADDRESS_BSC TELECOM_IP_SUBNET_MASK_BSC M2UA_TC_IP_ADDRESS M2UA_TC_IP_ADDRESS

New New New New New New New New New New New New New New New New New New New

26.5 Counters and Indicators

A-Flex introduces the following BSC counters. Counter ID MC1101 MC1102 MC1103 MC1104 MC1105 Counter Name NB_ASPUP_TX NB_ASPUP_RX NB_ASPDOWN_TX NB_ASPDOWN_RX NB_ASPACTIVE_TX

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

107 / 288

26 A Signalling over IP

Counter ID MC1106 MC1107 MC1108

Counter Name NB_ASPACTIVE_RX NB_ASPINACTIVE_TX NB_ASPINACTIVE_RX

A Signalling over IP does not introduce any MFS counter.

26.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

26.6.1 LMT Updates
For specific information about the LMT modifications, refer to Modify IP Parameters, in the 9130 BSC Evolution Terminal User Guide.

26.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions.

26.7 Applicable Documents

The following GCD documents are impacted by the feature: Network Reconfiguration Recommendations 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions BSS Configuration Rules 9153 OMC-R Online Help BSS Overview BSC and TC Alarm Dictionary Which Scenario to Use. The following methods are impacted by the feature: Modify N7 Transport Mode for BSC Evolution Move 9130 BSC Evolution without MFS, Different MSC, Same OMC-R Move 9130 BSC Evolution, Same MFS, Different MSC, Same OMC-R Move 9130 BSC Evolution, Different MFS, Different MSC, Same OMC-R Move 9130 MFS Evolution with Associated BSS, Different OMC-R Move 9130 BSC Evolution Without MFS, Same MSC, Different OMC-R Move 9130 BSC Evolution, Different MFS, Same MSC, Different OMC-R Move 9130 BSC Evolution, Different MFS, Different MSC, Different OMC-R Move 9130 BSC Evolution, Different MFS, Same MSC, Same 9153 OMC-R.

108 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

27 New ALMAP FM Module Replacing AS

27 New ALMAP FM Module Replacing AS

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

109 / 288

27 New ALMAP FM Module Replacing AS

27.1 Description
Starting with Release B11, the ASUSM is replaced by FM. AS (Current Alarms) is replaced by FM (Current Alarms) in the iconbox. AS (Historical Alarms) is replaced by FM (Historical Alarms) in the iconbox. MFSUSM, RNUSM and BSSUSM are updated to invoke FM (Current Alarms) and FM (Historical Alarms) instead of AS.

27.2 Hardware Coverage

The feature is not NE dependent.

27.3 Feature Activation

The feature is not optional. There is no activation scenario for this feature.

27.4 Parameters
There are no new or modified parameters.

27.5 Counters and Indicators

There are no counter and indicator modifications.

27.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

27.6.1 LMT Updates
There are no LMT modifications.

27.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to the 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions, to: FM Current Alarms Window FM Historical Alarms Management Window.

110 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

27 New ALMAP FM Module Replacing AS

27.7 Applicable Documents

The following documents are impacted by the feature: 9153 OMC-R Getting Started Alarm Call Out User Guide 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions BSS Surveillance Handbook Operations & Maintenance Principles BTS Alarm Dictionary BSS Overview BSC & TC Alarm Dictionary MFS Alarm Dictionary Quality of Service Alerters User Guide 9125 Transcoder Alarm Dictionary.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

111 / 288

27 New ALMAP FM Module Replacing AS

112 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

28 Inter-BSS NACC/ Inter-RAT NACC (3G- ->2G)

28 Inter-BSS NACC/ Inter-RAT NACC (3G- ->2G)

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

113 / 288

28 Inter-BSS NACC/ Inter-RAT NACC (3G- ->2G)

28.1 Description
This feature is commercially optional and its activation is managed through the EN_RIM_NACC parameter at BSS level. The feature optionally is managed on by a TRX quantity basis, by considering the feature as PS related.

28.2 Hardware Coverage

The feature is not NE dependent.

28.3 Feature Activation

The feature is optional. For specific information about the feature activation, refer to the Network Reconfiguration Recommendations , to Inter-BSS NACC/ Inter-RAT NACC (3G- ->2G).

28.4 Parameters
This section contains the new and modified parameters involved in feature deployment. This field/button EN_RIM_NACC T_RIM_RIR T_RIM_RI T_RIM_MULTIPLE_REPORT Lets you Enables inter-BSS NACC and inter-RAT NACC Timer supervising reception of RAN Information Timer supervising reception of RAN information ACK Timer supervising reception of following RAN information with multiple report Number of retries of a RAN procedure is sent before giving up (in case of no answer) Timer supervising the disability of the External Adjacent cell context when information not available

N_RIM_RETRIES

T_RIM_DISABILITY_CELL

28.5 Counters and Indicators

Counter ID P182a P182b P182c P182d P182e Counter Name NB_SERVING_INTER_BSS_NACC NB_SERVING_INTER_RAT_NACC NB_CONTROLLING_INTER_BSS_NACC NB_RAN_INFO_REQ_INTER_BSS_NACC TIME_RIM_NACC_PROC_SUCC

114 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

28 Inter-BSS NACC/ Inter-RAT NACC (3G- ->2G)

28.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

28.6.1 LMT Updates
There are no LMT modifications.

28.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions, to RNUSM: RIM-NACC View.

28.7 Applicable Documents

The following documents are impacted by the feature: Network Reconfiguration Recommendations 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions BSS Configuration Rules BSS Overview 9153 OMC-R Online Help.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

115 / 288

28 Inter-BSS NACC/ Inter-RAT NACC (3G- ->2G)

116 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

29 New SUN HW Platform for OMC-R

29 New SUN HW Platform for OMC-R

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

117 / 288

29 New SUN HW Platform for OMC-R

29.1 Description
The OMC-R HW configurations based on SunFire V490 + SE3510 are replaced by M4000 + ST2540. The Sun SPARC Enterprise M4000 server gives two dual-core 2.4 GHz SPARC64 VII processors. M4000 was introduced due to a series of key benefits: Higher single-system performance for very large workloads Increased reliability, availability, serviceability Faster I/O and increased I/O connectivity Safe application portability as it fits into the existing environment. The Sun StorageTek 2540 Array contains disk drives for storing data and controllers that provide the interface between a management and/or data host and the disk drives. The Sun StorageTek 2540 Array provides a Fibre Channel connection from the data host to the controller. There are two key features for ST2540: Fibre Channel (FC) controller tray Two data host connectors per controller that support a fiber-optic interface with 1, 2, or 4 Gb/s data host connection speed.

29.2 Hardware Coverage

The Ultra 24 workstation is used for M4000 configuration. The disk bay ST2540 is added for Large, X-Large, and XX-Large configurations.

29.3 Feature Activation

For M4000 configuration and OMC-R installation on the M4000 machine, refer to 9153 OMC-R Installation.

29.4 Parameters
There are no new or modified parameters.

29.5 Counters and Indicators

There are no counter and indicator modifications.

29.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

29.6.1 LMT Updates
No updates.

29.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

No updates.

118 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

29 New SUN HW Platform for OMC-R

29.7 Applicable Documents

The following documents are impacted by the feature: Cabling Description for SUN Servers 9153 OMC-R Installation LEGATO Installation and User Guide 9153 OMC-R Network Administration Handbook 9153 OMC-R Getting Started 9153 OMC-R Methods Handbook 9153 OMC-R Reconfigure Platform B11/B11 9153 OMC-R Software Replacement B10/B11 9153 OMC-R Software Migration 9153 OMC-R Acceptance Tests.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

119 / 288

29 New SUN HW Platform for OMC-R

120 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

30 OMC-R Compatible with SAN Architecture

30 OMC-R Compatible with SAN Architecture

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

121 / 288

30 OMC-R Compatible with SAN Architecture

30.1 Description
Storage Area Networks (SANs) represent the latest stage in the evolution of mass data storage for enterprises and other large institutions. A SAN is a storage networking architecture that enables the more efficient use of storage assets by decoupling server and storage capacities with a dedicated network. This feature can be also used to move the application(s) directory to external FC storage. Key advantages introduced by a SAN architecture: Reduces overall cost of storage management High availability Any-to-any connectivity Frees server capacity Reduces LAN congestion Storage not dedicated to one server Increases data transfer rates Enables server-less and LAN-less backup File sharing.

30.2 Hardware Coverage

The client must have the SAN infrastructure which is compatible with Solaris 10: Storage hardware: disk arrays Fiber Channel switch: not mandatory for small configurations Fiber Channel cables SAN management software (usually bundled with the disk array). The OMC-R machine must have one or more FC HBA installed which can be also one of the current HBA used now in configurations with direct attached storage. The following types of storage hardware can be used for SAN architecture: SE 3510 ST 2540.

30.3 Feature Activation

The methods 9153 OMC-R Installation and 9153 OMC-R Network Administration Handbook contain information about SAN compatibility with 9153 OMC-R.

30.4 Parameters
There are no new or modified parameters.

122 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

30 OMC-R Compatible with SAN Architecture

30.5 Counters and Indicators

There are no counter and indicator modifications.

30.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

30.6.1 LMT Updates
No updates.

30.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

No updates.

30.7 Applicable Documents

The following documents are impacted by the feature: 9153 OMC-R Installation 9153 OMC-R Network Administration Handbook B10/B11 9153 OMC-R Software Migration B11/B11 9153 OMC-R Software Replacement Cabling Description for SUN Servers

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

123 / 288

30 OMC-R Compatible with SAN Architecture

124 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

31 New OMC-R Restore Strategy

31 New OMC-R Restore Strategy

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

125 / 288

31 New OMC-R Restore Strategy

31.1 Description
This feature improves the backup/restore time and CPU usage. This feature permits to avoid multiple copies of big database files. It is possible to avoid the full backup/restore and to use instead only the incremental facility, based on the fact that the machine is installed from start with DVD1, DVD2 and DVD3 on both backup and restore. Using a central server for backup/restore is used to manage more efficiently the storage implementing a method to delete old files that are no longer needed at restore. Moving data between the server and clients is done using operating system services.

31.2 Hardware Coverage

The DVD1 and patches from DVD2 are hardware dependant, 3PP from DVD2 and packages are machine type dependant (master, agent, etc.) and customizations are machine type and hardware dependant.

31.3 Feature Activation

To perform a restore, the same installation steps as for the OMC installation must be performed, and at the end, before the OMC start, an incremental restore must be done to obtain the same machine as it was after the last backup. Starting from the end of DVD installation and customization, all the modifications are saved as an incremental backup.

31.4 Parameters
There are no new or modified parameters.

31.5 Counters and Indicators

There are no counter and indicator modifications.

31.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

31.6.1 LMT Updates
No updates.

31.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

No updates.

31.7 Applicable Documents

The following documents are impacted by the feature: 9153 OMC-R Network Administration Handbook LEGATO Installation and User Guide.

126 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

32 STM1 on 9130 BSC Evolution

32 STM1 on 9130 BSC Evolution

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

127 / 288

32 STM1 on 9130 BSC Evolution

32.1 Description
In order to decrease the cost of the transport in the BSS, Alcatel-Lucent provides an alternative solution to the TDM transport, STM1 (Synchronous Transport Mode level 1) in the SDH (Synchronous Digital Hierarchy) network. STM1 can transport larger amounts of telephone calls and data traffic over the same fiber wire without synchronization problems, using lasers or light-emitting diodes (LED). The basic unit of framing in SDH is the STM1 (Synchronous Transport Module level 1) and operates at 155.52 Mbit/s, used in GSM solely for the transport of E1 links. Each E1 link is transported transparently (using asynchronous mapping) in one VC12 container. One STM1 link can contain up to 63 VC12 containers. So, one STM1 can carry 63 Abis and/or Ater, each E1 of 2048 kbps is transported separately on one VC12 container. Four STM1 interfaces can be connected on the front plate of the new TPGSMv3 board BSC and 63 E1 Abis/Ater per interface make that all 252 E1 links to be transported on STM1. Using STM1, the 9130 BSC Evolution can be configured without a LIU shelf. Mixed configuration, LIU-E1 and VC12-E1 is supported. The benefits offered by this feature are: Reduces the cabling effort Reduces the space needed for cables and distribution frames Simplifies cabling/assignment changes Reduces cost on transmission equipment Increases reliability and availability.

32.2 Hardware Coverage

This feature is available only for 9130 BSC Evolution equipped with TPGSMv3 boards.

32.3 Feature Activation

The feature is optional. For specific information, refer to Activate/Deactivate STM1 Interface for 9130 BSC Evolution.

128 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

32 STM1 on 9130 BSC Evolution

32.4 Parameters
This section contains the new and modified parameters involved in feature deployment. Name Max-Number-STM1-Interface BSC-STM1-VC12-Identifier BSC-STM1-Interface-identifier LIU-Shelf-Present BSC-SECTION-TRACE-TYPE BSC-SECTION-TRACE-ONEBYTE-TRANSMITTED BSC-SECTION-TRACE-STRING-TRANSMITTED BSC-SECTION-TRACE-ONEBYTE-RECEIVED BSC-SECTION-TRACE-STRING-RECEIVED BSC-LOW-PATH-TRACE-TRANSMITTED BSC-LOW-PATH-TRACE- RECEIVED BSC-HIGH-PATH-TRACE-TRANSMITTED BSC-HIGH-PATH-TRACE- RECEIVED BSC-CLOCK-PREFERRED New New New New New New New New New New New New New New New

32.5 Counters and Indicators

There are no counter and indicator modifications.

32.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

32.6.1 LMT Updates
The LMT modifications are in the 9130 BSC Evolution Terminal User Guide.

32.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

The OMC HMI Updates are in the 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolution .

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

129 / 288

32 STM1 on 9130 BSC Evolution

32.7 Applicable Documents

The following documents are impacted by the feature: BSS Overview 9130 BSC Evolution Hardware Description 9130 BSC Evolution Maintenance Handbook 9130 BSC Evolution Terminal User Guide 9130 BSC Evolution Functional Description BSS Configuration Handbook Network Reconfiguration Recommendation 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions BSC and TC Alarm Dictionary Move BSS from One 9125 TC to Another Move 9130 BSC Evolution without MFS, Different MSC, Same 9153 OMC-R Move 9130 BSC Evolution, Same MFS, Different MSC, Same 9153 OMC-R Move 9130 BSC Evolution, Different MFS, Different MSC, Same 9153 OMC-R Move 9130 BSC Evolution, Different MFS, Different MSC, Different 9153 OMC-R Extend 9130 BSC Evolution Reduce 9130 BSC Evolution Add a New BSS on 9153 OMC-R Move BTS/Abis, Different BSC, Same 9153 OMC-R Move BTS/Abis, Different BSC, Different 9153 OMC-R Move BTS/Abis in Same BSC Move Several Abis Links from a BSC to Another, Same 9153 OMC-R Add BTS, New Cell(s) Extend Ater Mux Interface Reduce Ater Mux Interface BSS Configuration Rules 9130 MFS/BSC Evolution Installation Manual BSS O&M Routing Configurations STM1 on 9130 BSC Evolution.

130 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

33 Full Gb over IP Option

33 Full Gb over IP Option

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

131 / 288

33 Full Gb over IP Option

33.1 Description
This feature is sold according to a number of TRX. If the operator exceeds the number of TRX allocated by contract, the creation and application of a new configuration is refused at the next PRC activation. The full Gb over IP option is available, starting with the current release.

33.2 Hardware Coverage

The feature is not NE dependent.

33.3 Feature Activation

There is no activation scenario for this feature.

33.4 Parameters
There are no new or modified parameters.

33.5 Counters and Indicators

There are no counter and indicator modifications.

33.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

33.6.1 LMT Updates
No updates.

33.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

No updates.

33.7 Applicable Documents

The following documents are impacted by the feature: Network Reconfiguration Recommendations 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions.

132 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

34 Lock of Additional Optional Features

34 Lock of Additional Optional Features

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

133 / 288

34 Lock of Additional Optional Features

34.1 Description
All the optional features are sold according to a number of TRX. A checking mechanism is implemented at OMC level, in order to limit the number of TRX configured with a certain optional feature. If the operator exceeds the number of TRX configured with a certain optional feature, the creation and application of a new configuration is refused at the next PRC activation. The following features are added in the list of optional features: Multi PLMN Extended Cell A-bis per satellite A-Ter per satellite SMS-CB Basic LCS.

34.2 Hardware Coverage

The feature is not NE dependent.

34.3 Feature Activation

There is no activation scenario for this feature.

34.4 Parameters
There are no new or modified parameters.

34.5 Counters and Indicators

There are no counter and indicator modifications.

34.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

34.6.1 LMT Updates
No updates.

34.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

The OMC HMI Updates are in the 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolution document, section RNUSM: Network Information Window

134 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

34 Lock of Additional Optional Features

34.7 Applicable Documents

The following documents are impacted by the feature: Network Reconfiguration Recommendations 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

135 / 288

34 Lock of Additional Optional Features

136 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

35 Broadcast Other Value than CI in SYSINFO

35 Broadcast Other Value than CI in SYSINFO

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

137 / 288

35 Broadcast Other Value than CI in SYSINFO

35.1 Description
Some companies build data bases including the association between the cell reference of some PLMN and geographical positioning information. For example, for CI information broadcast on SYSINFO 3 and 6, there are some applications that are able to request the MS position from the centralized data base. In order to limit the impact on their business, operators request that another parameter than the CI is broadcast in SI.

35.2 Hardware Coverage

The feature is not NE dependent.

35.3 Feature Activation

The feature is NOT commercially optional. The feature is activated by a dedicated parameter at the cell level which contains the CI value to be broadcast on SYSINFO messages. The new parameter is exchanged on the OMC-BSC interface. When set to 0, it indicates that the feature is deactivated.

35.4 Parameters
This section contains the new and modified parameters involved in feature deployment. Name CI_SI New New

35.5 Counters and Indicators

There are no counter and indicator modifications.

35.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

35.6.1 LMT Updates
There are no LMT modifications.

35.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to the 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions, to RNUSM: Edit Cell Window.

138 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

35 Broadcast Other Value than CI in SYSINFO

35.7 Applicable Documents

The following documents are impacted by the feature: 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions. 9153 OMC-R Online Help BSS Overview Add BTS, New Cell(s).

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

139 / 288

35 Broadcast Other Value than CI in SYSINFO

140 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

36 Enhanced 2G to 3G FDD/TDD Cell Re-selection

36 Enhanced 2G to 3G FDD/TDD Cell Re-selection

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

141 / 288

36 Enhanced 2G to 3G FDD/TDD Cell Re-selection

36.1 Description
This feature allows the user to choose between using 2G to 3G FDD or TDD cell re-selction with: Up to 3 UARFCN defined at BSC level Up to 8 UARFCN defined at cell level (per serving cell).

36.2 Hardware Coverage

The feature is supported for serving cells mapped on EvoliumAlcatel-Lucent BTSs. The following limitations apply: For a G2 BSC, the maximum number of 3G cells which can be defined is 900 and the maximum number of 3G adjacencies is 1960 For a 9130 BSC Evolution, the maximum number of 3G cells which can be defined is 1700 and the maximum number of 3G adjacencies is 3700.

36.3 Feature Activation

The feature is not optional.

36.4 Parameters
This section contains the new and modified parameters involved in feature deployment. Name RAT_3G UARFCN New New New for TDD Modified for FDD TDD_ARFCN_LIST EN_3G_DIVERSITY(FDD) Adjacency type EN_FAST_3G_RESELECTION Modified Modified Modified Modified

36.5 Counters and Indicators

There are no counter and indicator modifications.

142 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

36 Enhanced 2G to 3G FDD/TDD Cell Re-selection

36.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

36.6.1 LMT Updates
There are no LMT modifications.

36.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to the 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions.

36.7 Applicable Documents

The following documents are impacted by the feature: 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions BSS Overview 9153 OMC-R Online Help BSS Configuration Handbook.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

143 / 288

36 Enhanced 2G to 3G FDD/TDD Cell Re-selection

144 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

37 Investigation Based on Permanent Measurements

37 Investigation Based on Permanent Measurements

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

145 / 288

37 Investigation Based on Permanent Measurements

37.1 Description
The feature is to reduce the accumulation period of type 110 to 15 minutes for only one BSC at a time during a limited period. It is possible to reduce the accumulation period only for type 110 that is used only in Permanent Measurement Campaign. The feature could not be activated for another type. To limit risk of overload in OMC-R and NPO, for a given network take in consideration the following : only one BSC could have a reduced accumulation period at a time it is also possible to reduce the accumulation period only during two hours. It is not possible to define a reduced accumulation period out of a recording interval (the first one or the second one).

37.2 Hardware Coverage

The feature is supported only by the 9130 BSC Evolution.

37.3 Feature Activation

The feature is not optional.

37.4 Parameters
This section contains the new and modified parameters involved in feature deployment. Name BSS identifier Reduced Accumulation Period New New New

37.5 Counters and Indicators

There are no counter and indicator modifications.

37.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

37.6.1 LMT Updates
There are no LMT modifications.

37.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to the 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions.

146 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

37 Investigation Based on Permanent Measurements

37.7 Applicable Documents

The following documents are impacted by the feature: 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions 9153 OMC-R Online Help

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

147 / 288

37 Investigation Based on Permanent Measurements

148 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

38 Antenna Hopping

38 Antenna Hopping
Note: This feature is available starting with MR1Ed2.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

149 / 288

38 Antenna Hopping

38.1 Description
Antenna hopping means that the sequence of bursts comprising a radio block are transmitted over more than one antenna. The purpose is to get diversity of the radio path to the mobile. In conjunction with frequency hopping, the number of paths provided by frequency hopping can be multiplied with the number of antennas involved in the antenna hopping. The feature is intended to be provided by the twin module, and thus the number of antennas for antenna hopping is two.

38.2 Hardware Coverage

The feature is available on 9120 BSC and 9130 BSC Evolution only for the BTS equipped with TWIN TRE.

38.3 Feature Activation

The feature is optional and can be activated at cell level. For specific information, refer to Network Reconfiguration Recommendations, section Antenna Hopping.

38.4 Parameters
This section contains the new and modified parameters involved in feature deployment. Name EN_ANTENNA_HOPPING TXDIV_CAPABILITY New New Modified

38.5 Counters and Indicators

There are no counter and indicator modifications.

38.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

38.6.1 LMT Updates
There are no LMT modifications.

38.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to the 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions.

150 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

38 Antenna Hopping

38.7 Applicable Documents

The following documents are impacted by the feature: 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions BSS Configuration Rules 9153 OMC-R Online Help Network Reconfiguration Recommendations BTS Alarm Dictionary 9100 BTS/9110 Micro BTS Functional Description BSS Overview Add BTS, New Cell(s) Add TRE to Equipped 9100 BTS.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

151 / 288

38 Antenna Hopping

152 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

39 Randomisation of Fill Bits in L2 Messages

39 Randomisation of Fill Bits in L2 Messages

Note: This feature is available starting with MR1Ed2.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

153 / 288

39 Randomisation of Fill Bits in L2 Messages

39.1 Description
The feature decreases the risks of hacking on the Air Interface by replacing fixed sequences of fill bits in L2 messages by random sequences of bits. The feature brings more protection to voice calls using A5/1 encryption algorithm.

39.2 Hardware Coverage

The feature is supported from by G3 onwards TRE (including MC TRE).

39.3 Feature Activation

The feature is commercially optional. For specific information about the feature activation, refer to Network Reconfiguration Recommendations, to Randomisation of fil bits in L2 messages.

39.4 Parameters
This section contains the new parameter involved in feature deployment: Name EN_RANDOMISE_FBL2 New New

39.5 Counters and Indicators

There are no counter and indicator modifications.

39.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

39.6.1 LMT Updates
There are no LMT modifications.

39.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions, to RNUSM: Ded. Radio Res 1/2.

154 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

39 Randomisation of Fill Bits in L2 Messages

39.7 Applicable Documents

The following documents are impacted by the feature: 9153 OMC-R Online Help 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions Network Reconfiguration Recommendations

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

155 / 288

39 Randomisation of Fill Bits in L2 Messages

156 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

40 Introduction of CF F8 LMT

40 Introduction of CF F8 LMT
Note: This feature is available starting with MR1Ed2.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

157 / 288

40 Introduction of CF F8 LMT

40.1 Description
The feature replace the generic PC Panasonic CF 74 laptop into CF F8.

40.2 Hardware Coverage

The feature is not NE dependent.

40.3 Feature Activation

There is no activation scenario for this feature.

40.4 Parameters
There are no new or modified parameters.

40.5 Counters and Indicators

There are no counter and indicator modifications.

40.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

40.6.1 LMT Updates
There are no LMT modifications.

40.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

There are no OMC HMI modifications.

40.7 Applicable Documents

The following document is impacted by the feature: Engineering Rules for LMT.

158 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

41 MC TRE Module Introduction

41 MC TRE Module Introduction

Note: This feature is available in MR1Ed2.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

159 / 288

41 MC TRE Module Introduction

41.1 Description
MC TRE module is an extension of the TWIN-module in term of TRX capacity. A TWIN module has a capacity of up to 2 TRE, whether an MC-module has a capacity of up to 6 GSM TRE (an MC-module can be configured with less than 6 TRE). MC RRH is an outdoor box with up to 2 MC-modules/MC-TRE inside, full capacity (the MC-RRH can have only a single MC-module inside). Distributed BTS is one central box (new SUMX) and one or several MC-RRH.

41.2 Hardware Coverage

The MC TRE module is accepted with: SUMA, SUMX boards 64 kbpsstatistic and nomux multiplexing mode. The MC TRE module is not compatible with: Tx-Diversity, Antenna Hopping TRX Dynamic Power Saving 16kbpsstatistic, 64kbpstatic multiplexing modes. Distributed BTS is suported with the V2 version of SUMX board.

41.3 Feature Activation

The following features are optional and can be controled as mentioned: MC-module configuration The control is done depending on the number of the TRE mapped on MC module, the number is agreed with the customer. Dynamic power Multistandard The check is done at OMC. MC-modules configuration in multistandard Similar remark with the first item.

41.4 Parameters
This section contains the new parameters involved in feature deployment: Name Dynamic_Power_Allocation Additional_Power_Tables New New New

160 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

41 MC TRE Module Introduction

41.5 Counters and Indicators

This section contains the new counters involved in feature deployment: BSC Counters Counter ID MC1208 MC1209 MC1210 MC1211 MC1212 MC1213 MC1214 MC1215 MC1216 MC1217 MC1218 MC1219 MC1220 MC1221 MC1222 Counter Name TIME_PWR_RED_8PSK_1 TIME_PWR_RED_8PSK_2 TIME_PWR_RED_8PSK_3 TIME_PWR_RED_8PSK_4 TIME_PWR_RED_GMSK_1 TIME_PWR_RED_GMSK_2 TIME_PWR_RED_GMSK_3 TIME_PWR_RED_GMSK_4 TIME_PWR_RED_DEFENSE_1 TIME_PWR_RED_DEFENSE_2 TIME_PWR_RED_DEFENSE_3 TIME_PWR_RED_DEFENSE_4 TIME_8PSK_BURST_TRANSMISSION TIME_GMSK_BURST_TRANSMISSION TIME_DEFENSE_BURST_TRANSMISSION

41.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

41.6.1 LMT Updates
For specific information about the BTS LMT updates, refer to BTS NEM User Guide .

41.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions .

41.7 Applicable Documents

The following documents are impacted by the feature: 9153 OMC-R Online Help

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

161 / 288

41 MC TRE Module Introduction

9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions Network Reconfiguration Recommendations BSS Configuration Rules BSS Configuration Handbook BTS NEM User Guide Reconfigure TRE/Sectors, 9100 BTS Reconfigure TRE/Sectors, Monoband to Multiband Cell Upgrade 9100 BTS with AN/SUM/TRE Evolution Modules Move BTS/Abis, Different BSC, Same OMC-R Move BTS/Abis, Different BSC, Different OMC-R Move BTS/Abis in same BSC Add TRE to Equipped 9100 BTS Delete TRE from Equipped 9100 BTS Replace X BTS with Y BTS, Free Abis Port Replace X BTS with Y BTS, Same Abis Port 9100 BTS/9110 Micro BTS Functional Description BTS Alarm Dictionary 9100 BTS/9110 Micro BTS Corrective Maintenance Handbook 9100 BTS Commissioning Manual 9100 BTS Acceptance Manual 9100 BTS Additional Tests CI 08 - Site Equipment Inventory. 9100 BTS Hardware Description General Safety Instructions for Node B / BTS

162 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

42 RMS Improvement: Increase of the 42 BCCH-BSIC Pairs Limit

42 RMS Improvement: Increase of the 42 BCCH-BSIC Pairs Limit

Note: This feature is available in MR1Ed2.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

163 / 288

42 RMS Improvement: Increase of the 42 BCCH-BSIC Pairs Limit

42.1 Description
The BCCH/BSIC pairs limit is increased from 42 to 154. The RMS campaign is designed in a daily basis. The number of pairs is increased to allowed to report more interferers by the mobiles through the referred TRX.

42.2 Hardware Coverage

The feature is supported for: 9130 BSC Evolution starting with G3 TRE (in this case the limit is 84).

42.3 Feature Activation

The feature is commercially optional. For specific information about the feature activation, refer to Network Reconfiguration Recommendations, to RMS Improvement: Increase of the 42 BCCH-BSIC Pairs Limit.

42.4 Parameters
This section contains the new parameters involved in feature deployment: Name EN_MORE_RMS_BCCH_BSIC RMS_BCCH_BSIC_NB New New New

42.5 Counters and Indicators

There are no counter and indicator modifications.

42.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

42.6.1 LMT Updates
There are no LMT modifications.

42.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions .

42.7 Applicable Documents

The following documents are impacted by the feature: 9153 OMC-R Online Help

164 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

42 RMS Improvement: Increase of the 42 BCCH-BSIC Pairs Limit

9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions Network Reconfiguration Recommendations .

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

165 / 288

42 RMS Improvement: Increase of the 42 BCCH-BSIC Pairs Limit

166 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

43 2 BTS Configuration within 2 Integrated SUMA Boards in 1 BTS Cabinet

43 2 BTS Configuration within 2 Integrated SUMA Boards in 1 BTS Cabinet

Note: This feature is available starting with MR1Ed2.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

167 / 288

43 2 BTS Configuration within 2 Integrated SUMA Boards in 1 BTS Cabinet

43.1 Description
In case of MBI5 Shared BTS, the factory cabinet contains two BTS. The upper BTS contains 3 subracks and the below BTS contains 2 subracks. Any configuration or commisioning operations must be done independently on each BTS.

43.2 Hardware Coverage

The feature is supported for: MBI5 shared BTS.

43.3 Feature Activation

There is no activation scenario for this feature.

43.4 Parameters
There are no parameters modifications.

43.5 Counters and Indicators

There are no counter and indicator modifications.

43.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

43.6.1 LMT Updates
There are no LMT modifications.

43.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

There are no OMC HMI modifications.

43.7 Applicable Documents

The following documents are impacted by the feature: 9100 BTS Hardware Description Reconfigure TRE/Sectors, 9100 BTS Reconfigure TRE/Sectors, Monoband to Multiband Cell. Upgrade 9100 BTS with AN/SUM/TRE Evolution Modules Extend Existing Cell(s) to Shared Cell(s) by Adding a 9100 BTS Reduce Cell(s) Shared by Deleting the 9100 BTS Supporting the Secondary Sector. 9100 MBS Indoor Installation Manual 9100 BTS Commissioning Manual.

168 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

44 MC-RRH 900 - 2G/3G - Different PA - Separate 2G and 3G carriers in same module

44 MC-RRH 900 - 2G/3G - Different PA - Separate 2G and 3G carriers in same module

Note: This feature is available starting with B11 MR1ED3. To be completed.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

169 / 288

44 MC-RRH 900 - 2G/3G - Different PA - Separate 2G and 3G carriers in same module

44.1 Description
The MC TRE can be hosted in: Standard A9100 Evolium BTS, with all BTS modules A new outdoor box called: MC RRH distributed BTS, when the central box contains the SUM board. Where: A Mono-standard MC-TRX is, from the point of view of a 2G system, a TRE module A Multi-standard MC-TRX is a module capable of switching between 2G and 3G software A Multi-mode MC-TRX is a module running 2G+3G software (2G SW embedding 3G SW), thus also Multi-standard An MC module is based on MCPA technology performing Power Amplifier for several carriers The number of other standard modules in a given sector and in the band GSM is entered by the operator at OMC-R.

44.2 Hardware Coverage

Because MC-TRE is supported with SUMA and SUMX and MC-RRH is supported with SUMX, the feature is supported accordingly.

44.3 Feature Activation 44.4 Parameters

This section contains the new and modified parameters involved in feature deployment. Name Nb other standard modules 900 MHz Nb other standard modules 1800 MHz New

44.5 Counters and Indicators

This section contains the new and modified counters and indicators involved in feature deployment.

170 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

44 MC-RRH 900 - 2G/3G - Different PA - Separate 2G and 3G carriers in same module

Name

New

44.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

44.6.1 LMT Updates
For specific information about the LMT modifications, refer to BTS NEM User Guide, section.

44.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions, sections BSSUSM: Modify BTS Remote Settings and RNUSM: Network Information Window.

44.7 Applicable Documents

The following documents are impacted by the feature: BTS NEM User Guide 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions Network Reconfiguration Recommendations 9153 OMC-R Online Help 9100 BTS/9110 Micro BTS Functional Description BSS Configuration Rules BSS Surveillance Handbook CI 08 - Site Equipment Inventory 9100 BTS Hardware Description 9100 BTS/9110 Micro BTS Functional Description 9100 BTS/9110 Micro BTS Corrective Maintenance Handbook BTS Alarm Dictionary Add TRE to Equipped 9100 BTS Delete TRE from Equipped 9100 BTS Reconfigure TRE/Sectors, 9100 BTS Reconfigure TRE/Sectors, Monoband to Multiband Cell Upgrade 9100 BTS with AN/SUM/TRE Evolution Modules Replace X BTS with Y BTS, Free Abis Port Replace X BTS with Y BTS, Same Abis Port Move BTS/Abis, Different BSC, Same 9153 OMC-R

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

171 / 288

44 MC-RRH 900 - 2G/3G - Different PA - Separate 2G and 3G carriers in same module

Move BTS/Abis, Different BSC, Different 9153 OMC-R Move BTS/Abis in Same BSC 9100 BTS Commissioning Manual 9100 BTS Additional Tests General Safety Instructions for Node B / BTS 9100 BTS Acceptance Manual.

172 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

45 Network Synchronization of Radio TS

45 Network Synchronization of Radio TS

Note: This feature is available starting with MR1Ed2.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

173 / 288

45 Network Synchronization of Radio TS

45.1 Description
The feature reduces the interferences on the cells frequencies used by a BTS where this feature is activated.

45.2 Hardware Coverage

The BTS must be equipped with a GPS receiver for this feature to be available. On site a GPS antenna must be installed. In a configuration with master/slaves BTS the GPS receiver is mandatory only in the master BTS.

45.3 Feature Activation

The feature is commercially optional. For specific information about the feature activation, refer to Network Reconfiguration Recommendations, to Network Synchronization of Radio TS.

45.4 Parameters
This section contains the new parameter involved in feature deployment: Name GPS-Synchronised FN_OFFSET_TIME_SYNCHRO New New New

45.5 Counters and Indicators

There are no counter and indicator modifications.

45.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

45.6.1 LMT Updates
There are no LMT modifications.

45.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions, sections BSSUSM: Modify BTS Characteristics Window and BSSUSM: Effective Synch Mode Panel.

45.7 Applicable Documents

The following documents are impacted by the feature: 9153 OMC-R Online Help 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions Network Reconfiguration Recommendations

174 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

45 Network Synchronization of Radio TS

BSS Configuration Handbook BSS Configuration Rules.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

175 / 288

45 Network Synchronization of Radio TS

176 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

46 IP Transport in the BSS

46 IP Transport in the BSS

Note: This feature is available starting with MR3.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

177 / 288

46 IP Transport in the BSS

46.1 Description
IP transport is introduced to support the diversity of existing network environments. The BSC, TC, MFS are connected to an IP network through Ethernet links. The BTS is connected to an IP network over Ethernet links, or over E1 links. The BTS is connected to an IP network over Ethernet links. The following figure shows the generic configuration.

Figure 1: BSS full IPoEth

46.2 Hardware Coverage

The feature is supported only in: 9130 BSC Evolution 9130 MFS Evolution 9125 TC with new TCIF board BTS 9100 (MBI3/MBI5, Outdoor) equipped with SUMX

46.3 Feature Activation

For specific information about the feature activation, refer to Change IP Extraction Mode for 9130 BSC Evolution.

46.4 Parameters
This section contains the new and modified parameters involved in feature deployment.

178 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

46 IP Transport in the BSS

Name BSC Name Atermux Number TC Internal Mode TC Rack Name TCSL ID BscNodeId TcslIpAddressBsc (BSC) TcslIpAddressTc (BSC) TcslPortBsc (BSC) TcslPortTc (BSC) TcslIpAddressBsc (TC) TcslIpAddressTc (TC) TcslPortBsc (TC) TcslPortTc (TC) OML_PRIORITY TCSL_MSS TCSL_PRIORITY GPRS_ACCESS_INTVL GPRS_ACCESS_TEST_CNT GPRS_ACCESS_TEST_DELAY GPRS_ACCESS_TEST_ PERIOD TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL REACHABILITY_TEST_ADDR_O&M (BSC) REACHABILITY_TEST_ADDR_TELECOM (BSC) ROUTING_TABLE (BSC)

New

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

179 / 288

46 IP Transport in the BSS

Name REACHABILITY_TEST_ADDR_O&M (TC) REACHABILITY_TEST_ADDR_TELECOM (TC) ROUTING_TABLE (TC) REACHABILITY_TEST_ADDR_O&M (MFS) REACHABILITY_TEST_ADDR_TELECOM (MFS) ROUTING_TABLE (MFS) T_TCSL_ACK (TC) T_TCSL_ACK (BSC) N_TCSL_RETRY (TC) N_TCSL_RETRY (BSC) TCP_MSL (BTS) TCP_MSL (BSC) used by CCP and OMCP TCP_MSL (MFS) TCP_MSL (TC) IPBSS_SUBNET_MASK_MFS IPGCH_Base_Address_MFS IPGCH_IP_Address_MFS IPGCHC_Base_TCP_MFS IPGCHU_Base_UDP_MFS REACHABILITY_TEST_ADDR_TEL_GB REACHABILITY_TEST_ADDR_TEL_BSS REACHABILITY_TEST_LABEL_O&M REACHABILITY_TEST_LABEL_TEL_GB REACHABILITY_TEST_LABEL_TEL_BSS BSS_TRANSPORT_MODE (BSC) BSS_TRANSPORT_MODE (MFS) GslIpAddressBsc (BSC) GslIpAddressMfs (BSC)

New

New New New New

New New New New New New New New New New

180 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

46 IP Transport in the BSS

Name GslTcpPortBsc (BSC) GslTcpPortMfs (BSC) GslIpAddressBsc (MFS) GslIpAddressMfs (MFS) GslTcpPortBsc (MFS) GslTcpPortMfs (MFS) tcMuxIpAddress tcMuxPort tcNONMUXIpAddress tcNONMUXPortUL MIN_PDCH (MX BSC) MAX_PDCH (MX BSC) MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD (MX BSC) T_TC_IPTCHM_REPORTING _PERIOD UL_TA_Late_Margin TCP_MAX_RETRANS (BSC) TCP_MAX_RETRANS (MFS) TCP_MAX_RETRANS (BTS) TCP_MAX_RETRANS (TC) TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT (BTS) TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT (BSC) used by CCP and OMCP TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT (MFS) TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT (TC) TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE (BTS) TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE (BSC) used by CCP and OMCP TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE (MFS TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE (TC) TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL (BTS)

New

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

181 / 288

46 IP Transport in the BSS

Name TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL (BSC) used by CCP and OMCP TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL (MFS) TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL (TC) START_TELECOM_IP_ADDRESS_TC TELECOM_IP_SUBNET_MASK_TC IPTCH_UDP_PORT_TC_MUX IPTCH_UDP_PORT_TC_NONMUX MUXTRAUP_SIZE A MUXTRAUP TRAU_CONNECTION_TIMEOUT T_MAX_HOLD_MUXTRAUP E1_MTU IPGSL_PRIORITY (BSC) IPGSL_PRIORITY (MFS) IPGCHC_PRIORITY (MFS) IPGCHC_PRIORITY (BTS) IPGCHU-GBR_PRIORITY (MFS) IPGCHU-GBR_PRIORITY (BTS) IPGCHU-BE_PRIORITY (MFS) IPGCHU-BE_PRIORITY (BTS) OandM_PRIORITY (BSC) OandM_PRIORITY (MFS) P0_MAPPING_LAYER2_BSC P0_MAPPING_LAYER2_MFS P1_MAPPING_LAYER2_BSC P1_MAPPING_LAYER2_MFS P2_MAPPING_LAYER2_BSC P2_MAPPING_LAYER2_MFS

New

New New New New

New New

182 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

46 IP Transport in the BSS

Name P3_MAPPING_LAYER2_BSC P3_MAPPING_LAYER2_MFS P0_MAPPING_LAYER3_BSC P0_MAPPING_LAYER3_MFS P1_MAPPING_LAYER3_BSC P1_MAPPING_LAYER3_MFS P2_MAPPING_LAYER3_BSC P2_MAPPING_LAYER3_MFS P3_MAPPING_LAYER3_BSC P3_MAPPING_LAYER3_MFS T_IPGCH_ACK_DL T_IPGCH_ACK_UL T_IPGCHU_TIMEOUT IPGCHU_ACK_SEND_THRESHOLD IPGCHU_BE_UL_THRES IPGCHU_UDP_MAX_WINDOW_SIZE_G3 IPGCHU_UDP_MAX_WINDOW_SIZE_G4_G5 IPGCHU_UDP_MAX_WINDOW_SIZE_GPU AbisTransportMode AbisTargetTransportMode BTSIPIdentifier BTS-Hostname NTPServerIPAd1 NTPserverIPAd2 SUM-Capability BSC-OML-IP-Address BTS-First-NTP-Server-Address BTS-Second-NTP-Server-Address

New

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

183 / 288

46 IP Transport in the BSS

Name BTS-TransMode FTPServerAd BSC_OML_TID BSC_OML_PortNumber BTS_OML_PortNumber BTS_OML_TID DHCP-location Abis-Topology OCXO-Synch-Mode Usable-TSs Abis link number ABIS_BTS_GROUP_ID ABIS_BTS_GROUP_SECONDARY_ID BTS-Routing-SubGroup Second-BTS-Routing-SubGroup DHCP_SERVER_IP_ADDRESS AbisBtsGroupId BTSmode(MFS) Bandwidth(MFS) Bandwidth(BSC) BTS_IP_Ad TCH_TS_ACTIVITY_FACTOR NB_MAX_ACTIVE_TCH_TS BANDWIDTH_PER_TCH_TS BANDWIDTH_PER_SIG_LINK NRT_GUARANTEED_BANDWIDTH MIN_PDCH (BSC) MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD (BSC)

New

New New New New New New Modified Modified Modified Modified

New New New

184 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

46 IP Transport in the BSS

Name MAX_PDCH (BSC) BSC_RSL_TID RSL_UDP_PORT_BSC BSC_RSL_PortNumber BTS_RSL_PortNumber BTS_RSL_TID IP_CONGESTION_JITTER_THRESHOLD TP_QUEUE3_WEIGHT TP_QUEUE2_WEIGHT TP_QUEUE1_WEIGHT TP_QUEUE0_WEIGHT P0_TPQUEUE_MAPPING P1_TPQUEUE_MAPPING P2_TPQUEUE_MAPPING P3_TPQUEUE_MAPPING IPGCH_PACKET_SIZE IPGSL_MSS (MFS) IPGSL_MSS (BSC) E1_MTU TCSL_MSS (TC) TCSL_MSS (BSC) START_TELECOM_IP_ADDRESS_BSC TELECOM_IP_SUBNET_MASK_BSC IPTCH_UDP_PORT_BTS RSL_UDP_PORT_TRX SIDMO_TCP_PORT_TRE FTP_PRIORITY (BSC) FTP_PRIORITY (BTS)

New

New New New New New New New New New New New New New New

New New New New New New New New New New

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

185 / 288

46 IP Transport in the BSS

Name RSL_I_PRIORITY (BSC) RSL_I_PRIORITY (BTS) RSL_UI_PRIORITY SNMP_PRIORITY (BSC) SNMP_PRIORITY (BTS) SNMP_PRIORITY (TC) VARIOUS_IP_PRIORITY (BSC) VARIOUS_IP_PRIORITY (MFS) VARIOUS_IP_PRIORITY (BTS) VARIOUS_IP_PRIORITY (TC) ABIS_BANDWIDTH IPGCHU_Nominal_Abis_BW_Factor IPGCHU_BW_MAX_CONG_DL IPGCHU_BW_MAX_CONG_UL IPGCHU_BW_MIN_CONG_DL IPGCHU_BW_MIN_CONG_UL IPGCH_DL_BW_CONTROL_REPEAT_RATE IPGCH_UL_BW_CONTROL_REPEAT_RATE IPGCHU_DELAY_HIGH_THRES_DL IPGCHU_DELAY_HIGH_THRES_UL IPGCHU_DELAY_LOW_THRES_DL IPGCHU_DELAY_LOW_THRES_UL IPGCHU_MAX_PATTERN_MEAS_THROUGHPUT_DL IPGCHU_PATTERN_LIFETIME_DL Estimated_Speed_CS_FAMILY_0.7 RLC_FC1_BUFFER_SEND_THRES RLC_FC1_THROUGHPUT_CHANGE_THRES RLC_TARGET_BUFFER

New

186 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

46 IP Transport in the BSS

Name IPGCHU_ExtraGBR_UL_THRES IPGCHU_GBR_UL_THRES IPGCHU_XOFF_BE_FIFO_DL_THRESHOLD IPGCHU_XOFF_GBR_FIFO_DL_THRESHOLD IPGCHU_XON_BE_FIFO_DL_THRESHOLD IPGCHU_XON_GBR_FIFO_DL_THRESHOLD IP_CONGESTION_FILTER_WS IP_CONGESTION_PREVENTIVE_THRESHOLD IP_CONGESTION_TIMER T_IP_COUNTER_REPORT BSCNodeId_TCSL TCSL_IpAddress_BSCside(BSC) TCSL_IpAddress_BSCside(TC) TCSL_IpAddress_TCside(BSC) TCSL_IpAddress_TCside(TC) Tcsl-port-BSCside(BSC) Tcsl-port-BSCside(TC) Tcsl-port-TCside(BSC) Tcsl-port-TCside(TC) TCSL_MSS (BSC) TCLS_MSS (TC) TRAU_ACTIVITY_TIMER TCSL_ID N_TCSL_RETRY(BSC) N_TCSL_RETRY(TC) T_TCSL_ACK(BSC) T_TCSL_ACK(TC)

New

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

187 / 288

46 IP Transport in the BSS

46.5 Counters and Indicators

Counter ID IP21 IP22 IP23 IP24a IP24b IP24c IP24m IP25a IP25b IP25c IP26a IP26b IP26c IP26d IP26e IP27a IP27b IP27c IP27d IP27e IP27h IP27g IP28a IP28b IP28c IP28d Counter Name

NB_ATERMUX_NIBBLE_ALLOC_REQ NB_ATERMUX_NIBBLE_ALLOC_FAIL_CONG TIME_ATERMUX_NIBBLE_CONG NB_BSC_SENT_GSL_IP_BYTES NB_BSC_SENT_GSL_IP_PACKETS MAX_NB_BSC_SENT_GSL_IP_BYTES MAX_NB_BSC_RCVD_GSL_IP_BYTES NB_BSC_SENT_OMLRSL_IP_BYTES NB_BSC_SENT_OMLRSL_IP_PACKETS NB_BSC_SENT_OMLRSL_BYTES_HIGHEST_MIN NB_BTS_SENT_OML_IP_BYTES NB_BTS_SENT_RSL_IP_BYTES NB_BTS_SENT_OML_IP_PACKETS NB_BTS_SENT_RSL_IP_PACKETS NB_BTS_RESENT_RSL-I_LAPD FRAMES NB_BSC_SENT_TCSL_IP_BYTES NB_BSC_SENT_SS7_IP_BYTES NB_BSC_SENT_TCSL_IP_PACKETS NB_BSC_SENT_SS7_IP_PACKETS NB_BSC_RESENT_SS7_IP_PACKETS NB_BSC_SENT_TCSL_IP_BYTES_HIGHEST_MIN NB_BSC_SENT_SS7_IP_BYTES_HIGHEST_MIN NB_TC_SENT_TCSL_IP_BYTES NB_TC_SENT_SS7_IP_BYTES NB_TC_SENT_TCSL_IP_PACKETS NB_TC_SENT_SS7_IP_PACKETS

188 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

46 IP Transport in the BSS

Counter ID IP28f IP28h IP28g IP29a IP29c IP29k IP29l IP30a IP30c IP30g IP30m IP31a IP31c IP31d IP31e IP31f IP32a IP32b IP32c IP32d IP32e IP32f IP33a IP33c IP33f IP40a IP40b

Counter Name

NB_TC_RESENT_SS7_SCTP_SEGMENTS NB_TC_SENT_TCSL_IP_BYTES_HIGHEST_MIN NB_TC_SENT_SS7_IP_BYTES_HIGHEST_MIN NB_BTS_SENT_IPTCH_BYTES NB_BTS_SENT_IPTCH_PACKETS NB_BTS_RCVD_IPTCH_PACKETS_OUT_OF_DELAY NB_BTS_NOT_RCVD_DL_IPTCH_PACKETS NB_TC_SENT_IPTCH_BYTES NB_TC_SENT_IPTCH_PACKETS NB_TC_SENT_IPTCH_BYTES_HIGHEST_MIN NB_TC_NOT_RCVD_UL_IPTCH_PACKETS NB_BTS_SENT_ALL_FLOW_BYTES_HIGHEST_MIN NB_BTS_DROPPED_IP_PACKETS_PRIORITY0 NB_BTS_DROPPED_IP_PACKETS_PRIORITY1 NB_BTS_DROPPED_IP_PACKETS_PRIORITY2 NB_BTS_DROPPED_IP_PACKETS_PRIORITY3 NB_BSC_SENT_ALL_FLOWS_BYTES NB_BSC_RCVD_ALL_FLOWS_BYTES NB_BSC_DROPPED_IP_PACKETS_PRIORITY0 NB_BSC_DROPPED_IP_PACKETS_PRIORITY1 NB_BSC_DROPPED_IP_PACKETS_PRIORITY2 NB_BSC_DROPPED_IP_PACKETS_PRIORITY3 NB_TC_TO_TC_SENT_IPTCH_PACKETS NB_TC_TO_TC_SENT_IPTCH_BYTES NB_TC_TO_TC_SENT_IPTCH_BYTES_HIGHEST_MIN NB_BTS_SENT_IPGCHU_GBR_IP_PACKETS NB_BTS_RESENT_IPGCHU_GBR_IP_PACKETS

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

189 / 288

46 IP Transport in the BSS

Counter ID IP40d IP41a IP41b IP41d IP42a IP42d P540a P540b P540c P540d P540e P541a P541b P541d P542a P542b P542d P543a P543d P547a P547c P549a

Counter Name

NB_BTS_SENT_IPGCHU_GBR_IP_BYTES NB_BTS_SENT_IPGCHU_BE_IP_PACKETS NB_BTS_RESENT_IPGCHU_BE_IP_PACKETS NB_BTS_SENT_IPGCHU_BE_IP_BYTES NB_BTS_SENT_IPGCHC_CTRL_TCP_SEGMENTS NB_BTS_SENT_IPGCHC_CTRL_IP_BYTES NB_RCVD_RT_PFC_REQUEST NB_REFUSED_RT_PFC_LACK_BW NB_REFUSED_RT_PFC_LACK_RADIO MAX_DL_GBR_BW_GRANTED MAX_UL_GBR_BW_GRANTED NB_MFS_SENT_IPGCHU_GBR_IP_PACKETS NB_MFS_RESENT_IPGCHU_GBR_IP_PACKETS NB_MFS_SENT_IPGCHU_GBR_IP_BYTES NB_MFS_SENT_IPGCHU_BE_IP_PACKETS NB_MFS_RESENT_IPGCHU_BE_IP_PACKETS NB_MFS_SENT_IPGCHU_BE_IP_BYTES NB_MFS_SENT_IPGCHC_CTRL_TCP_SEGMENTS NB_MFS_SENT_IPGCHC_CTRL_IP_BYTES NB_MFS_SENT_GSL_IP_BYTES NB_MFS_SENT_GSL_TCP_SEGMENTS CUMULATED_TIME_PS_DL_BE_CONGESTED TEMP_TRX

46.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

46.6.1 LMT Updates
Tbc.

190 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

46 IP Transport in the BSS

46.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to the following 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions sections: BSSUSM Transport Mode Window BSSUSM TCSL Parameters Window BSSUSM Bandwidth Window BSSUSM View BTS Window.

46.7 Applicable Documents

The following GCD documents are impacted by the feature: BSS Overview 9153 OMC-R Online Help 9130 BSC Evolution Maintenance Handbook 9100 BTS/9110 Micro BTS Functional Description 9100 BTS Hardware Description BTS Alarm Dictionary Operations & Maintenance Principles 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions BSS Configuration Handbook BSS Methods handbook BTS NEM User Guide 9130 BSC Evolution NEM User Guide Network Reconfiguration Recommendations 9100 MBS Outdoor Installation Manual 9100 MBS Indoor Installation Manual CI 08 Site Equipment Inventory BSS Telecom Routing Configurations BSS configuration rules Engineering Rules for LMT 9130 MFS Evolution IMT User Guide MFS Alarm Dictionary 9130 BSC Evolution Functional Description 9125 Compact TC Description 9153 OMC-R Online Help

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

191 / 288

46 IP Transport in the BSS

The following methods are impacted by the feature: Change to IP Mode for 9130 BSC Evolution Move full IP BTS different BSS, same/different OMC Move BTS/Abis, Different BSC, Same OMC-R Move BTS/Abis, Different BSC, Different OMC-R Move BTS/Abis in same BSC Move Several Abis Links from a BSC to Another, Same OMC-R Move BSS from One 9125 Compact TC to Another Add TRE to Equipped 9100 BTS Delete TRE from Equipped 9100 BTS Reconfigure TRE/Sectors, 9100 BTS Reconfigure TRE/Sectors, Monoband to Multiband Cell Upgrade 9100 BTS with AN/SUM/TRE Evolution Modules Merge 900 and 1800 Cells into Multiband Cells on 9100 BTS Add BTS, New Cell(s) Delete BTS Extend Existing Cell(s) to Shared Cell(s) by Adding an 9100 BTS Reduce Cell(s) Shared by Deleting the 9100 BTS Supporting the Secondary Sector Create Extended Cells Reconfigure TRE/Sectors on 9110 E-BTS Extend/Replace an 9110 Micro-BTS with an 9110 E-BTS Replace X BTS with Y BTS, Free Abis Port Replace X BTS with Y BTS, Same Abis Port Replace Non Alcatel-Lucent BTS with Alcatel-Lucent BTS Attach Secondary, Third Abis Which Scenario to Use Extend 9130 BSC Evolution Reduce 9130 BSC Evolution Extend Ater Mux Interface Reduce Ater Mux Interface Move 9130 BSC Evolution without MFS, Different MSC, Same OMC-R Move 9130 BSC Evolution, Same MFS, Different MSC, Same OMC-R Move 9130 BSC Evolution, Different MFS, Different MSC, Same OMC-R Move 9130 MFS Evolution with Associated BSS, Different OMC-R

192 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

46 IP Transport in the BSS

Move 9130 BSC Evolution Without MFS, Same MSC, Different OMC-R Move 9130 BSC Evolution, Different MFS, Same MSC, Different OMC-R Move 9130 BSC Evolution, Different MFS, Different MSC, Different OMC-R Move 9130 BSC Evolution, Different MFS, Same MSC, Same OMC-R Move BSS from One 9125 Compact TC to Another Configure GPRS Move Direct CS Link into Dedicated GPRS Link Move Dedicated GPRS Link into Direct CS Link Add Logically a BSS to an MFS Add a BSS by Moving Existing Links Through an MFS Delete GPRS from Active BSS Add GP in 9130 MFS Evolution for Multi GP BSS Delete GP from 9130 MFS Evolution for a Multi GP BSS Add a New BSS on OMC-R B11/B11 9125 TC Software Replacement.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

193 / 288

46 IP Transport in the BSS

194 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

47 Remote BTS NEM

47 Remote BTS NEM

Note: This feature is available starting with MR3.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

195 / 288

47 Remote BTS NEM

47.1 Description
The Network Element Manager for a BTS (BTS NEM) is a software package used for managing, maintaining and commissioning a BTS. For IP transport, there are two BTS connection types: Local connection Remote connection Local Connection Local connection can be done via front panel NEM connector on the SUM board (which needs to open the NE door with a key). From this point, the PC-NEM is named Local PC-NEM. Remote Connection This is possible from anywhere within the network, as far as the routing / firewall allows. A remote connection can also be on a switch port physically located near the BTS, which needs the port to be enabled and physical accessible. In the following figure,the wording PC-NEM is used for content relative to the local and the remote PC-NEM.
BTS 2 View Local PCNEM via RS 232 BTS 1 View Local PCNEM via IP or RS232 BTS 1, BTS 2, BTS X View Remote PC_NEM

BTS X BTS 1 BTS 2

Ethernet or PPP/E1 IP

NEMIPForwardinginsideBTS = TRUE
BTS 1, BTS 2, BTS X View Remote PCNEM

NEMIPForwardinginsideBTS = FALSE

Note: A new parameter, NEM-IP-Forwarding-inside-BTS (True/False), exists in the BSC Terminal in order to enable/disable routing to the NEM in each BTS. Local and remote PC-NEM use IP to connect BTS. There are two ways to connect the PC-NEM: Serial connection to the BTS Ethernet connection. Serial connection to a BTS Local IP connection using IP/PPP over RS232 for SUMA/P only. Ethernet connection

196 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

47 Remote BTS NEM

The Ethernet local or remote connection is realized either: Through a point to point Ethernet link to the concerned BTS for the SUMX, or Connecting the PC-NEM on the IP backbone.

47.2 Hardware Coverage

Remote connection to the BTS is possible only if the BTS is equipped with SUMX boards. The LMT PC must be equipped with an Ethernet Interface.

47.3 Parameters
A new parameter, NEM-IP-Forwarding-inside-BTS (True/False), exists to enable/disable routing to the NEM in each BTS.

47.4 Counters and Indicators

There are no counter and indicator modifications.

47.5 Feature Activation

The Remote BTS-NEM feature is not optional, it is activated by default. Optionally it is possible to enable/disable routing to the NEM in each BTS by activate NEM-IP-Forwarding-inside-BTS parameter. To enable/disable routing to the NEM in each BTS: 1. Open the BSC Terminal. 2. From the BSC Terminal menu bar, select Commands->BSS Operations->Display BSC Peer Entities. The "Display BSC Peer Entities window" appears. 3. Complete the following fields: In the Object Class, select BSC In the Unit Type, select BSC In the Unit Number, enter 1. Check the Get and Modify box and click on [ OK ]. The "Modify BSC Peer Entities" window opens. 4. Select "Address - 3" tab. 5. In the NEM-IP-Forwarding-inside-BTS field select the TRUE value: 6. Click on [ OK ].

47.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

47.6.1 LMT Updates
For specific information about the LMT modifications, refer to Modify BSC Peer Entities, in the 9130 BSC Evolution Terminal User Guide.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

197 / 288

47 Remote BTS NEM

47.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

There are no OMC HMI modifications.

47.7 Applicable Documents

The following documents are impacted by the feature: BTS NEM User Guide BSS Configuration Rules 9153 OMC-R Network Administration Handbook 9100 BTS/9110 Micro BTS Corrective Maintenance Handbook 9100 BTS Commissioning Manual 9100 BTS Acceptance Manual 9100 BTS Additional Tests Engineering Rules for LMT CI 08 - Site Equipment Inventory.

198 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

48 Layer 2 Network Access

48 Layer 2 Network Access

Note: This feature is available starting with MR3.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

199 / 288

48 Layer 2 Network Access

48.1 Description
Using a Layer 2 transport network means that, despite the BSS, network elements (BTS, BSC, TC, MFS) will still exchange IP packets. The underlying functional architecture of the transport network can be seen as a single LAN, in fact, an Ethernet LAN. Taking into account the potential distance between network elements, this is based on "Extended Area LAN" concepts such the MetroEthernet. The primary impact on the IP-based transport is that all IP addresses of the network elements belong to the same IP subnet, and no IP router (Layer 3) is needed between two network elements.

48.2 Hardware Coverage

The feature is supported only in: 9130 BSC Evolution: IPoE1 with new TP board TPIP module IPoEth no new upgrade needed IPoEth no new upgrade needed 9130 MFS Evolution 9125 TC with new TCIF board BTS 9100, 9110 IPoE1 with SUMA,SUMP IPoEth with SUMX IPoEth with SUMX

48.3 Feature Activation

For specific information about the feature activation, refer to the BSS Telecom Routing Configuration document.

48.4 Parameters
There are no new or modified parameters.

48.5 Counters and Indicators

There are no counter and indicator modifications.

48.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

48.6.1 LMT Updates
There are no LMT modifications.

48.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

There are no OMC HMI modifications.

200 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

48 Layer 2 Network Access

48.7 Applicable Documents

The following documents are impacted by the feature: BSS Telecom Routing Configuration BSS Overview.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

201 / 288

48 Layer 2 Network Access

202 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

49 Security Enhancements for IP Introduction

49 Security Enhancements for IP Introduction

Note: This feature is available starting with MR3.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

203 / 288

49 Security Enhancements for IP Introduction

49.1 Description
The aim of this feature is to distribute the security functions over the BSS subsystems as well as their interactions. The security strategy for the BSS takes into account the following aspects: The need for network element protection A first level of protection is to secure write accesses to telecom and O&M network elements. A second level of protection is to secure read access for sensitive data. A third level of protection would be to secure everything, meaning read accesses whatever the data flow. The need for network protection (data flow sensitivity) Network protection is not to protect the network, but to protect data flows going through the network against dishonest users with network access. The solution is to use secured VPN tunnels, via to the IPsec protocol. The BTS supports such IPsec tunnels. Other network elements rely on customer central site IPsec gateways. The NE location (central or remote sites are differentiated). As opposed to customer central sites, where only customer authorized people are present, remote sites are easily accessible to non authorized people. In the BSS, remote sites are, in most cases, BTS sites. Therefore, the BTS has the support of the IPsec and the 802.1x protocol for Ethernet port access control. The 802.1x protocol forbids unauthorized clients from using the Ethernet ports of a server machine.

49.2 Hardware Coverage

The feature is not NE dependent.

49.3 Feature Activation

For specific information about the feature activation, refer to Network Reconfiguration Recommendations.

49.4 Parameters
This section contains the new and modified parameters involved in feature deployment. Name BSS_PAGING_COORDINATION (BSC) BSS_PAGING_COORDINATION (MFS) EN_BTS_PASSWORD_ RENEWAL (OMC local, BSC level, default is FALSE) EXCLUDE_BTS_FROM_ PASSWORD_RENEWAL (OMC local, BTS level, default is FALSE) New New New New

New

204 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

49 Security Enhancements for IP Introduction

Name SNMP_KEY_PERIOD_ TOWARD_BTS (OMC local, BSC level) SNMP_KEY_PERIOD_ TOWARD_TC (OMC local, TC level) SSH_KEY_PERIOD_ TOWARD_MFS (OMC local, one for every managed MFS). Implemented through a crontab script. EN_IPSEC (BTS) IPsec_GW_ADDRESS EN_SUPPLICANT_802 _1x (BTS) EN_AUTHENTICATOR_802 _1x (BTS) PRIMARY_RADIUS_ SERVER_ADDRESS SECONDARY_RADIUS_ SERVER_ADDRESS RADIUS_SHARED_SECRET NEM-IP-Forwarding-inside -BTS BSC_USE_FTP

New New

New New New New New New New New New

49.5 Counters and Indicators

There are no counter and indicator modifications.

49.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

49.6.1 LMT Updates
There are no LMT modifications.

49.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

205 / 288

49 Security Enhancements for IP Introduction

206 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

50 Logging of BTS Temperature

50 Logging of BTS Temperature

Note: This feature is available starting with MR1 ED3 and MR3.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

207 / 288

50 Logging of BTS Temperature

50.1 Description
The feature functionality allows you to log the BTS ambient temperature remotely via the OMC-R without any external equipment. The data is also made available at the established interfaces for external analysis tools (e.g. Metrica). Inside the BTS, the internal temperature, and more precisely, the TRX-module temperature from which the ambient temperature can be derived very easily, is available. This information is made accessible via the normal O&M procedures and the ambient temperature is made visible at the OMC-R.

50.2 Hardware Coverage

The feature is not NE dependent.

50.3 Feature Activation

The feature is not a commercially optional feature and there is no need for a new parameter at the OMC/BSC/BTS level. The feature is activated as soon as the BSC/BTS/OMC are upgraded.

50.4 Parameters
There are no new or modified parameters.

50.5 Counters and Indicators

One counter is needed to monitor the TRX temperature. The level of the new counter is at TRX and not at BTS, even if future user actions are at the BTS level. Counter ID MC1200 Counter Name TRX_MAX_TEMPERATURE

50.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

50.6.1 LMT Updates
There are no LMT modifications.

50.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

There are no OMC HMI modifications.

50.7 Applicable Documents

There are no applicable documents.

208 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

51 Ethernet Installation Kit

51 Ethernet Installation Kit

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

209 / 288

51 Ethernet Installation Kit

51.1 Description
The Ethernet connection is introduced in B11 in order to connect the 9100 Evolution Indoor BTS to the IP network. To connect the BTS in IP network, it must be equipped with: SUMX board Ethernet Adapter Board Ethernet cable with RJ-45 connectors (3BK 25970 ABxx) Ethernet Adapter Board consists in 8 double layer ETH ports, inserted in the front panel of the 9100 Indoor BTS (MBI3/MBI5 only), between the MSCA and Power Supply modules. The Ethernet cable with RJ-45 connectors (3BK 25970 ABxx), is used to interconnect the TRANS1 port of the SUMX board and the back panel ETH1 port of the Ethernet Adapter Board. From the front panel ETH1 port of the Ethernet Adapter Board, other Ethernet cable is used to connect the BTS to the external switch/router.

51.2 Hardware Coverage

The Ethernet Adapter Board is introduced in the MBI3/MBI5 cabinets.
External Alarm Input Board Multistandard XIBM Multistandard Connection Area MSCA Power Supply and Circuit Breaker Area DCBR3
Equipment Labels DC Filter Connectors DC Output 48 V/500 W max

Equipment Labels

External Interface Connectors

DC Output

External Clock Interface Group Abis Interface Group

XCLK1 Out

XCLK1 In

GND +12 V

48V Abis 3 Abis 1

0V

DC OUT 500 W max

Abis 4

Abis 2

Abis 4 I Abis 3 I Abis 2 I Abis1

XCLK2 In/Out

XBCB

0 0 0 0 INT & SR1 SR2 SR3 DC OUT RS232

XRT

Krone Strip

Abis Relays

Ethernet Adapter Board

Circuit Breakers

Figure 2: MBI3 Interconnection Panels with Ethernet Adapter Board

External Alarm Input Board Multistandard XIBM Multistandard Connection Area MSCA Power Supply and Circuit Breaker Area DCBR5
Equipment Labels DC Filter Connectors DC Output 48 V/500 W max

Equipment Labels External Interface Connectors DC Output

External Clock Interface Group Abis Interface Group

XCLK1 Out

XCLK1 In

GND +12 V

48V Abis 3 Abis 1

0V

DC OUT 500 W max

Abis 4

Abis 2

Abis 4 I Abis 3 I Abis 2 I Abis1

XCLK2 In/Out

XBCB

0 0 0 0 0 0 INT & SR1 SR2 SR3 SR4 SR5 DC OUT RS232

XRT

Krone Strip

Abis Relays

Ethernet Adapter Board

Circuit Breakers

Figure 3: MBI5 Interconnection Panels with Ethernet Adapter Board

210 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

51 Ethernet Installation Kit

51.3 Feature Activation

The feature is commercially optional and there is no new parameter at the OMC/BSC/BTS level.

51.4 Parameters
There are no new or modified parameters.

51.5 Counters and Indicators

There are no new or modified counters and indicators.

51.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

51.6.1 LMT Updates
There are no LMT modifications.

51.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

There are no OMC HMI modifications.

51.7 Applicable Documents

9100 BTS Hardware Description 9100 MBS Indoor Installation Manual 9100 BTS Commissioning Manual

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

211 / 288

51 Ethernet Installation Kit

212 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

52 3G Search Prio Wrong in PMO

52 3G Search Prio Wrong in PMO

Note: This feature is available starting with MR1Ed.2 and MR3.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

213 / 288

52 3G Search Prio Wrong in PMO

52.1 Description
In the current implementation when the MS enters the PTM, a PMO message is sent, overwriting the GPRS 3G Measurement Parameters broadcasted in SI2Quater to the MS, especially the list of cells and the parameter 3G_SEARCH_PRIO. This implementation is chosen to preserve time processing in the mobile in order not to impact the on-going 2G packet transfer. Otherwise the MS could interrupt its data transfer(s) more frequently to monitor 3G neighbor cells. This feature allows a reselection from GSM to UMTS to be possible in both packet idle and packet transfer modes. The PMO message is not longer sent at the beginning of a packet transfer and the mobile uses instead the broadcasted neighboring cells and reselection parameters for the reselection decision. This is accomplished by using a new value for the following parameters: EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION and EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION.

52.2 Hardware Coverage

The feature is not NE dependent.

52.3 Feature Activation

The feature is not optional. For specific information about the feature functionality, refer to the Network Reconfiguration Recommendations , to 3G Search Prio wrong in PMO.

52.4 Parameters
This section contains the modified parameters involved in feature deployment: Name EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION New Modified Modified

52.5 Counters and Indicators

There are no counter and indicator modifications.

52.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

52.6.1 LMT Updates
There are no LMT modifications.

52.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions.

214 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

52 3G Search Prio Wrong in PMO

52.7 Applicable Documents

The following documents are impacted by the feature: 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions Network Reconfiguration Recommendations BSS Overview.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

215 / 288

52 3G Search Prio Wrong in PMO

216 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

53 Support of Sftp in the OMC

53 Support of Sftp in the OMC

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

217 / 288

53 Support of Sftp in the OMC

53.1 Description
SFTP stands for SSH File Transfer Protocol. SFTP based on SSHv2 shall be supported as a alternative to FTP transfers between 9153 OMC-R and 9130 BSC Evolution. Since SFTP also supports the standard ftp commands, it is not required to use the SFTP specific commands.

53.2 Hardware Coverage

The feature is not NE dependent.

53.3 Feature Activation

The feature is not optional.

53.4 Parameters
There are no new or modified parameters.

53.5 Counters and Indicators

There are no counter and indicator modifications.

53.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

53.6.1 LMT Updates
There are no LMT modifications.

53.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

There are no OMC HMI modifications.

53.7 Applicable Documents

The following documents are impacted by the feature: 9153 OMC-R Network Administration Handbook 9153 OMC-R Methods Handbook.

218 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

54 IP Flow Separation at Physical Level

54 IP Flow Separation at Physical Level

Note: This feature is available starting with B11 MR1 and MR3.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

219 / 288

54 IP Flow Separation at Physical Level

54.1 Description
This feature provides the flow segregation at layer 1 (same or different physical ports for the different flows). The 9130 BSC Evolution has flexible mapping of O&M / A SigoIP flows onto GE ports starting with B11 MR1. The 9130 BSC Evolution has flexible mapping of O&M / A SigoIP / BSSoIP flows onto GE ports starting with B11 MR3. The 9130 MFS Evolution has flexible mapping of O&M / GBoIP flows onto GE ports starting with B11 MR1. The 9130 MFS Evolution has flexible mapping of O&M / GBoIP / IPGSL / IPGCH flows onto GE ports starting with B11 MR3. The 9125 TC has flexible mapping of O&M / Telecom flows onto GE ports starting with B11 MR3.

54.2 Hardware Coverage

This feature is available for 9130 BSC Evolution, 9130 MFS Evolution and 9125 TC.

54.3 Feature Activation

9130 BSC Evolution
To activate the feature for 9130 BSC Evolution: 1. From the BSC Terminal menu bar, select Commands -> BSS Operations -> Display IP Parameters. The "Display IP Parameters" window opens 2. Complete the following fields: In Object Class, select BSC In Unit Type, select BSC In Unit Number, enter 1. Check the "Get and Modify" box and click on [OK] The "Modify IP Parameters" window opens 3. From the "Modify IP Parameters" window, select "IP Parameters" tab and select DISTINCT TAGGING for the VLAN Conf Index field. For specific information about the feature functionality for 9130 BSC Evolution, refer to BSS Telecom Routing Configuration, section Management of IP transport in 9130 BSC Evolution.

9130 MFS Evolution

To activate the feature for 9130 MFS Evolution: 1. For B11 MR1 refer to BSS Configuration Handbook, section Separate O&M and GBoIP flows 2. For B11 MR3 refer to BSS Configuration Handbook, section Separate MFS IP Telecom flows. For specific information about the feature functionality for 9130 MFS Evolution, refer to BSS Telecom Routing Configuration, section Management of IP transport in 9130 MFS Evolution.

9125 Transcoder

To activate the feature for 9125 Transcoder (for B11 MR3 only):

220 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

54 IP Flow Separation at Physical Level

1. From the TC NEM menu bar, select Window -> TCIF -> IP Conf. The "TCIF" window opens 2. In the "TCIF" window use the "IP Conf" panel to view and modify TCs IP configuration 3. Check box "VLAN Separation" which allows to select the O&M/Telecom flow separation and click on [Save]. For specific information about the feature functionality for 9125 Transcoder, refer to BSS Telecom Routing Configuration, section Management of IP transport in 9125 TC.

54.4 Parameters
This section contains the modified parameters involved in feature deployment: Name VLAN_CONF_INDEX New New

54.5 Counters and Indicators

There are no counter and indicator modifications.

54.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

54.6.1 LMT Updates
For specific information about the LMT updates, refer to 9130 BSC Evolution Terminal User Guide, section Display/Modify BSC Parameters 9130 MFS Evolution IMT User Guide, section Set VLAN Configuration in MFS 9125 Transcoder NEM User Guide, section IP Conf Panel

54.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

There are no OMC HMI modifications.

54.7 Applicable Documents

The following documents are impacted by the feature: Modify N7 Transport Mode for 9130 BSC Evolution BSS Telecom Routing Configuration 9130 BSC Evolution Acceptance Manual Install 9130 MFS/BSC Evolution 9130 BSC Evolution Commissioning

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

221 / 288

54 IP Flow Separation at Physical Level

Configure OS6850 for GB/BSS Traffic. 9125 Transcoder NEM User Guide 9130 MFS Evolution IMT User Guide 9130 BSC Evolution Terminal User Guide

222 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

55 AMR WB Cell Load Handling

55 AMR WB Cell Load Handling

Note: This feature is available starting with MR3.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

223 / 288

55 AMR WB Cell Load Handling

55.1 Description
The AMR WB Cell Load Handling feature allows a call to be established in AMR NB HR (or in HR in case NB-AMR HR would not be possible) in case of high cell load. This is accomplished by using the following new parameters: EN_HR_FOR_AMR_WB_GMSK and . The ADD_HR_IN_TFO_LIST parameter is available only for the 9130 BSC.

55.2 Hardware Coverage

The feature is not NE dependent.

55.3 Feature Activation

In order to activate the feature: 1. Open RNUSM Main Window, create a PRC containing the cells to be configured. 2. In the PRC, select the required cell. 3. Right click and select Edit. 4. Click on the AMR&TFO tab and next on the AMR WB tab. 5. In order to activate the feature, set the EN_HR_FOR_AMR_WB_GMSK parameter to Enabled.

55.4 Parameters
This section contains the new and modified parameters involved in feature deployment. Name EN_HR_FOR_AMR_WB_GMSK ADD_HR_IN_TFO_LIST New New New

224 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

55 AMR WB Cell Load Handling

55.5 Counters and Indicators

There are no counter and indicator modifications.

55.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

55.6.1 LMT Updates
There are no LMT modifications.

55.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions, to RNUSM: TFO Window and RNUSM: AMR WB Window.

55.7 Applicable Documents

The following documents are impacted by the feature: 9153 OMC-R Online Help 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions Network Reconfiguration Recommendations.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

225 / 288

55 AMR WB Cell Load Handling

226 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

56 Interworking with LTE in the Packet Domain

56 Interworking with LTE in the Packet Domain

Note: This feature is available starting with B11 MR1Ed2 / MR3.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

227 / 288

56 Interworking with LTE in the Packet Domain

56.1 Description
LTE (Long Term Evolution) is the evolution of 3G UMTS which targets very high throughputs. LTE means: No more CS plane, voice is carried through VoIP A flat IP architecture Use of enhanced radio techniques, including MIMO & OFDM E-UTRAN the equivalent of GERAN (2G) or UTRAN (3G) is a set of eNodeBs connected to the same MME (Mobility Management Entity, part of the Core Network). The purpose of the Inter-working with LTE in the Packet domain feature is to manage 2G versus LTE inter-working (in other words, the GERAN versus E-UTRAN inter-working), with the following requirements: Support of 2G to LTE-FDD reselection GERAN CS User Plane is not managed (no CS Handover to be managed) Inter-RAT NACC is managed for the E-UTRAN to GERAN direction only Manage cell reselection in blind search mode. The management of the reselection algorithm by the MS/UE takes into account additional parameters (the so-called priority parameters) which are not only related to E-UARFCNs, but also to UARFCNs and 2G serving cells.

56.2 Hardware Coverage

The feature is supported only by 9130 MFS Evolution and 9130 BSC Evolution.

56.3 Feature Activation

The feature is optional and can be activated at cell level through EN_2G_TO_LTEFDD_CELL_RESELECTION parameter. To activate the feature: 1. Open RNUSM Main Window, create a PRC containing the cells on which the LTE reselection to be activated. 2. In the PRC, select the required cell. 3. Right click and select Edit. 4. Select LTE. 5. In order to activate the feature, set the EN_2G_TO_LTEFDD_CELL_RESELECTION parameter to enabled.The following rules apply when using this feature: The EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION and EN_2G_TO_LTEFDD_CELL_RESELECTION parameters cannot be enabled at the same time.

228 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

56 Interworking with LTE in the Packet Domain

For a given BSS, we cannot have at the same time FDD_ARFCN_LIST defined at BSS level and, at least, one 2G cell where both EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION and EN_2G_TO_LTEFDD_CELL_RESELECTION are enabled. If both EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION and EN_2G_TO_LTEFDD_CELL_RESELECTION are enabled, they must have the same value. EN_FAST_3G_CELL_RESELECTION cannot be set on 3 if any of EN_2G_TO_LTEFDD_CELL_RESELECTION or EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_ RESELECTION is = 0 EN_FAST_3G_CELL_RESELECTION cannot be set on 2 if EN_2G_TO_LTEFDD_CELL_RESELECTION = 0 MCC_LTE, MNC_LTE, CI_LTE uniquely identify an LTE cell inside the OMC. This represents the telecom/O&M LTE cell identification, also called ECGI (E-UTRAN Cell Global Identifier). The allowed value ranges for ARFCN_LTE (FDD) are: [0..5379] U [5730..6599]. Note: For 2G-LTE interworking, Alcatel-Lucent recommends configuring ARFCN_LTE (FDD) value compliant with the values recommended by 3GPP release 9, where band 6 (2650 - 2749) is not applicable anymore and band 11 (4750 4999) is limited up to 4949. For any given serving cell, no more than 8 distinct values of ARFCN_LTE(FDD) are allowed in the neighbor LTE cells having RAT_LTE =FDD and targeted by 2g-LTE reselection links. For any given serving cell, no more than 20 outgoing 2g-LTE adjacencies are allowed.

56.4 Parameters
This section contains the new and modified parameters involved in feature deployment. Name RAT_LTE MCC_LTE MNC_LTE CI_LTE EUARFCN PRIORITY_LTE THRESH_LTE_HIGH New New New New New New New New

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

229 / 288

56 Interworking with LTE in the Packet Domain

Name THRESH_LTE_LOW QRXLEVMIN_LTE MEASUREMENT_BANDWIDTH T_RESELECTION H_PRIO DEFAULT_PRIORITY_3G DEFAULT_THRESH_3G DEFAULT_QRXLEVMIN_3G EN_2G_TO_LTEFDD_CELL _RESELECTION Qsearch_P_LTE GERAN_PRIORITY THRESH_PRIORITY_SEARCH THRESH_2G_LOW PRIORITY_3G THRESH_3G_HIGH THRESH_3G_LOW QRXLEVMIN_3G Adjacency-type-LTE Adjacency-Name-LTE Cell-LTE-PLMN-Name Cell-Name-LTE Cell-LTE-Location-Name EN_RIM_NACC FDD_ARFCN_LIST EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_ RESELECTION EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_ CELL_RESELECTION

New New New New New New New New New New

New New New New New New New New New New New New New Modified Modified Modified

Modified

230 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

56 Interworking with LTE in the Packet Domain

Name EN_FAST_3G_RESELECTION CELL_RIM_NACC_CAPABILITY

New Modified Modified

56.5 Counters and Indicators

This section contains the new counters involved in feature deployment. Counter ID P450f P450g P450h P182f Counter Name NB_E_UTRA_FDD_CAPABLE_MS_CONTEXT_GPU NB_UTRA_FDD_CAPABLE_MS_CONTEXT_GPU NB_UTRA_TDD_CAPABLE_MS_CONTEXT_GPU NB_SERVING_INTER_LTE_NACC

56.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

56.6.1 LMT Updates
There are no LMT modifications.

56.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to the 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions.

56.7 Applicable Documents

The following documents are impacted by the feature: 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions BSS Overview 9153 OMC-R Online Help Network Reconfiguration Recommendations BSS Configuration Handbook.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

231 / 288

56 Interworking with LTE in the Packet Domain

232 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

57 Remove Mx Firmware from Hardware Status for BSC

57 Remove Mx Firmware from Hardware Status for BSC

Note: This feature is available starting with MR1Ed.2 and MR3.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

233 / 288

57 Remove Mx Firmware from Hardware Status for BSC

57.1 Description
With this feature implemented, firmware upgrade procedure is simple and easy. Firmware upgrade is triggered remote by operator upon reception of alarms. This is possible because the firmware packages are part of the BSS package. The types of boards and the Firmware which should be upgraded are listed below: Firmware on FRU IPMC FW (IPMI SW) SMM (M100) SSW (F300) OMCP/CCP (F715) PEM FAN Tray PC (A100) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No No No Yes No No No Payload BIOS

Firmware upgrade action is executed manually by operator, one by one and more than one upgrade action in parallel is forbidden. The standby board is upgraded first, followed by the active one. Firmware upgrade is performed only when the BSC is stable (under IT). Because the whole firmware package is part of the BSS software version, the firmware effective upgrade can only take place in one of these three situations: Commissioning (platform installation) Software replacement Board replacement. These situations are triggering conditions for possible discrepancy reporting, via an alarm and log files. This is when the firmware upgrade is performed. The entire firmware upgrade process is described in Firmware Upgrade section from 9130 BSC Evolution Maintenance Handbook.

57.2 Hardware Coverage

This feature is available only for 9130 BSC Evolution.

57.3 Feature Activation

The feature is not optional.

57.4 Parameters
There are no new or modified parameters.

234 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

57 Remove Mx Firmware from Hardware Status for BSC

57.5 Counters and Indicators

There are no counter and indicator modifications.

57.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

57.6.1 LMT Updates
There are no LMT modifications.

57.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

There are no OMC HMI modifications.

57.7 Applicable Documents

The following documents are impacted by the feature: 9130 BSC Evolution Maintenance Handbook B10/B11 MFS/TC/BSS Software Migration B11/B11 MFS/TC/BSS Software Replacement 9130 BSC Evolution Commissioning 9130 BSC Evolution Software Installation.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

235 / 288

57 Remove Mx Firmware from Hardware Status for BSC

236 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

58 Remove Mx Firmware from Hardware Status for MFS

58 Remove Mx Firmware from Hardware Status for MFS

Note: This feature is available starting with MR3.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

237 / 288

58 Remove Mx Firmware from Hardware Status for MFS

58.1 Description
With this feature implemented, firmware upgrade procedure is simple and easy. Firmware upgrade is triggered remote by operator upon reception of alarms. This is possible because the firmware packages are part of the MFS package. The boards impacted by firmware upgrade are listed below: Boards SMM (M100) SSW (F300) OMCP/(F715) PEM FAN Tray PC (A100) GP MUX Action Payload + IPMI upgrade Payload + IPMI upgrade BIOS + IPMI upgrade IPMI upgrade IPMI upgrade IPMI upgrade IPMI + NE1oE Firmware upgrade NE1oE Firmware upgrade

The Firmware upgrade process is launch exclusively from IMT. The operator is mainly warned via alarms about firmware discrepancies compared to a reference. The whole process concerning firmware upgrade is automatic and consists in: Locate the standby board and upgraded it When the new firmware version is installed and running, reboot it Locate the new standby board and upgrade it When the new firmware version is installed and running, reboot it Wait for return to operational state. The entire firmware upgrade process is described in Firmware Upgrade section from 9130 MFS Evolution Maintenance Handbook.

58.2 Hardware Coverage

This feature is available only for 9130 MFS Evolution.

58.3 Feature Activation

The feature is not optional.

58.4 Parameters
There are no new or modified parameters.

238 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

58 Remove Mx Firmware from Hardware Status for MFS

58.5 Counters and Indicators

There are no counter and indicator modifications.

58.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

58.6.1 LMT Updates
There are no LMT modifications.

58.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

There are no OMC HMI modifications.

58.7 Applicable Documents

The following documents are impacted by the feature: 9130 MFS Evolution Maintenance Handbook 9130 MFS Evolution IMT User Guide B10/B11 MFS/TC/BSS Software Migration B11/B11 MFS/TC/BSS Software Replacement 9130 MFS Evolution Software Installation.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

239 / 288

58 Remove Mx Firmware from Hardware Status for MFS

240 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

59 Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) Protocol

59 Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) Protocol

Note: This feature is available starting with B11 MR3.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

241 / 288

59 Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) Protocol

59.1 Description
Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) is a network protocol used to detect faults between two endpoints over a particular link. In an IP BSS network architecture, IP Abis traffic is often aggregated from BTS sites in several points of concentration (POCs) of an access network, before reaching a central IP gateway, which is the starting point of a secured IP backbone towards TC, BSC, and MFS. The network access can be a layer 2 or a layer 3 access network. In most of the cases, it is not owned by the mobile operator, and Abis is backhauled through leased lines services. BFD is a tool to monitor the transport layer of the Abis through non managed transport network. The BFD IP address is used by the next hop router which implement the BFD protocol The address is configured via the BTS NEM and is retrieved by the OMC via through SNMP. If the network access does not provide path resiliency capability , BFD can be used as trigger of path switchover between a primary and a secondary route.

59.2 Hardware Coverage

The feature is not NE dependent.

59.3 Feature Activation

To activate the feature: From the BTS NEM User Guide window follow the menu path: Configuration > IP... > BFD IP Address The "BFD Responder IP Address" window opens. Enter the required BFD IP Address and click on [ OK ]. The default value is 0.0.0.0 and means that BFD is not activated; that value indicates that the operator does not provide any IP address yet and is not displayed on the OMC. The BFD IP address must be different from the BTS IP address.

59.4 Parameters
This section contains the new and modified parameters involved in feature deployment. Name BFD_IP_ADDRESS_BTS New New

59.5 Counters and Indicators

There are no new or modified counters and indicators

242 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

59 Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) Protocol

59.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

59.6.1 LMT Updates
For specific information about the LMT modifications, refer to BTS NEM User Guide, section 4.9.5 BFD IP Address.

59.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions, section 1.4 BSSUSM: View BTS Window.

59.7 Applicable Documents

The following documents are impacted by the feature: BTS NEM User Guide 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions Install CISCO Routers BSS Telecom Routing Configuration.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

243 / 288

59 Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) Protocol

244 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

60 MC-RRH 900 - 2G -2PA

60 MC-RRH 900 - 2G -2PA

Note: This feature is available starting with B11 MR3ED1. To be completed.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

245 / 288

60 MC-RRH 900 - 2G -2PA

60.1 Description
The MC TRE can be hosted in: Standard A9100 Evolium BTS, with all BTS modules A new outdoor box called: MC RRH distributed BTS, when the central box contains the SUM board. Where: A Mono-standard MC-TRX is, from the point of view of a 2G system, a TRE module A Multi-standard MC-TRX is a module capable of switching between 2G and 3G software A Multi-mode MC-TRX is a module running 2G+3G software (2G SW embedding 3G SW), thus also Multi-standard An MC module is based on MCPA technology performing Power Amplifier for several carriers A MC-RH is a module, which has two power amplifiers, each able to transmit simultaneoulsy several carriers, and a dual receiver, able to receive simultaneoulsy several carriers. A carrier is a GSM carrier and or a LTE (or other system) carrier. A distributed BTS is a BTS, which is composed of one central module (SUM) and one or more MC-RH with the necessary interconnection A remote MC-RH (MC RRH) is a unit which contains all necessary items to provide a full BTS function except the functions of a central module, from DC and central module connection to antenna connection A local MC-RH (MC LRH) is a unit which provides together wit the central module, a cabinet and a power distribution all necessary items for a full macro BTS MC-RRH is an outdoor box with to 2 MCPA inside MC-RRH supports up to 12 TRE/GSM carriers.

60.2 Hardware Coverage

MC-RRH is supported with SUMX.

60.3 Feature Activation 60.4 Parameters

This section contains the new and modified parameters involved in feature deployment.

246 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

60 MC-RRH 900 - 2G -2PA

Name

New

60.5 Counters and Indicators

This section contains the new and modified counters and indicators involved in feature deployment. Name New

60.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

60.6.1 LMT Updates
For specific information about the LMT modifications, refer to BTS NEM User Guide, section.

60.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions, section.

60.7 Applicable Documents

The following documents are impacted by the feature: BTS NEM User Guide 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions Network Reconfiguration Recommendations 9153 OMC-R Online Help 9100 BTS/9110 Micro BTS Functional Description BSS Overview BSS Configuration Rules Using BSS IP Ports BSS Surveillance Handbook BSS Preventive Maintenance Handbook CI 08 - Site Equipment Inventory BSS O&M Routing Configurations BSS Telecom Routing Configuration 9100 BTS Hardware Description

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

247 / 288

60 MC-RRH 900 - 2G -2PA

9100 BTS/9110 Micro BTS Functional Description 9100 BTS/9110 Micro BTS Corrective Maintenance Handbook BTS Alarm Dictionary Add TRE to Equipped 9100 BTS Delete TRE from Equipped 9100 BTS Reconfigure TRE/Sectors, 9100 BTS Reconfigure TRE/Sectors, Monoband to Multiband Cell Upgrade 9100 BTS with AN/SUM/TRE Evolution Modules Reconfigure RRH/Sectors on Distributed BTS Distributed BTS Dismantling Manual Distributed BTS Installation Manual Distributed/9100 BTS Commissioning Manual 9100 / Distributed BTS Additional Tests 9100 / Distributed BTS Acceptance Manual

248 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

61 9130 BSC Evolution Availability Improvement. Weekly Standby Reset.

61 9130 BSC Evolution Availability Improvement. Weekly Standby Reset.

Note: This feature is available starting with B11 MR1Ed. 2.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

249 / 288

61 9130 BSC Evolution Availability Improvement. Weekly Standby Reset.

61.1 Description
The aim of this feature is to avoid the traffic disturbance due to the 9130 BSC Evolution hardware failures. There are 4 cases of outages due to hardware failures: OMCP CCP TPGSM MUX To prevent the above 4 types of outages, the solution is to use a periodic reset of the standby boards of the 9130 BSC Evolution. The periodic reset of the standby boards lead to: initialize again the standby board. This remove the potential software fault and leave the standby board in the clean state launch again the self test on the standby board. This detect an inactif fault covered by the boot self test This daily reset is launched on the following standby boards: OMCP, CCP, TPGSM, MUX An OMC-R script is developed and scheduled in crontab for daily runing. The script manages a list of board types which is circularly parsed, one type being picked up from the list at each run. The script triggers the reset on the standby boards of the chosen type on all or some specified 9130 BSCs Evolution known by the 9153 OMC-R. The reset is triggered only if the concerned standby board is in IT status.

61.2 Hardware Coverage

The feature is available only for 9130 BSC Evolution.

61.3 Feature Activation

The feature is not optional. For specific information about the feature functionality, refer to the Network Reconfiguration Recommendations.

61.4 Parameters
There are no new or modified parameters.

61.5 Counters and Indicators

There are no new or modified counters and indicators

250 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

61 9130 BSC Evolution Availability Improvement. Weekly Standby Reset.

61.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

61.6.1 LMT Updates
There are no LMT modifications.

61.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

There are no OMC HMI updates.

61.7 Applicable Documents

The following documents are impacted by the feature: Network Reconfiguration Recommendations B11/B11 MFS/TC/BSS Software Replacement.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

251 / 288

61 9130 BSC Evolution Availability Improvement. Weekly Standby Reset.

252 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

62 Gb flex

62 Gb flex
Note: This feature is available starting with B11 MR3 release.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

253 / 288

62 Gb flex

62.1 Description
The Gb-Flex feature allows a BSS to connect to more than one SGSN. Up to 8 SGSN can be connected to a BSS. Up to 8 NRI can be defined per SGSN. In Alcatel-Lucent solution Gb-Flex works only with Gb over IP. The benefits of the feature are as following: Load sharing can be done by the BSS for each SGSN where the BSS is connected Possibility of capacity upgrades by additional SGSN in the pool-area Increase the reliability when an SGSN fails thanks to SGSN redundancy To have several SGSN allow to enlarge the served area and the reduction of signalling within the core network Possibility to off-load an SGSN to perform maintenance

62.2 Hardware Coverage

The feature is not NE dependent.

62.3 Feature Activation

The feature is optional. For specific information about the feature functionality, refer to the Configure GPRS.

62.4 Parameters
This section contains the new and modified parameters involved in feature deployment. Name EN_GB_FLEX NRI_LENGTH_PS NRI_PS SGSN_Weight SGSN_OFFLOAD_STATE NULL_NRI_PS CN_ID_PS SLOW_MOVING_FACTOR SGSN_Name NRI_LIST_PS New New New New New New New New New New New

254 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

62 Gb flex

Name MAX_NB_SGSN CELL_GPU BSS_GPU SGSNR

New New New New New

62.5 Counters and Indicators

Counter ID P180a P180b Counter Name NB_SGSN_SELECTION_NSF NB_SGSN_SELECTION_RIM

62.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

62.6.1 LMT Updates
There are no LMT modifications.

62.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to the 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions.

62.7 Applicable Documents

The following documents are impacted by the feature: 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions Configure GPRS BSS Overview BSS Configuration Rules Network Reconfiguration Recommendations BSS Configuration Handbook 9153 OMC-R Online Help.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

255 / 288

62 Gb flex

256 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

63 STM1 Bidirectional on 9125 TC Equipped with TC STM1-IP Subrack

63 STM1 Bidirectional on 9125 TC Equipped with TC STM1-IP Subrack

Note: This feature is available starting with B11 MR1Ed. 2.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

257 / 288

63 STM1 Bidirectional on 9125 TC Equipped with TC STM1-IP Subrack

63.1 Description
STM1 is a 155 Mbit/s interface, defined within the SDH family of interfaces (others are STM-4, STM-16). SDH is used for GSM solely for the transport of E1 links. The SDH is used in the so-called channelized mode. Each E1 link is transported transparently (using asynchronous mapping) in one VC12 container. One STM-1 link can contain up to 63 VC12 containers. Due to the high traffic per STM1 link, protected access is usually used. Protection is done by automatic protection switching (APS) with one active and one standby link. Automatic protection switching (APS) is used to avoid the loss of a STM1 link in case of a physical link (or termination) failure. The standards have designed two modes: Unidirectional protection In case of unidirectional protection each end of the link transmits on both lines permanently and each end of the link selects only one line for reception of the traffic and monitors the received signal on that line. If the received signal is faulty, then APS in that end will switch the reception to the other line. At a given point in time, thus one end could use one line and the other end the other line for reception Bidirectional protection. In case of bidirectional protection each end of the link transmits and receives always on one and the same selected line. Each end of the link monitors the received signal on that line. If the received signal is faulty, then APS in that end will switch the reception to the other line and will signal the switch to the other end (in-band signaling protocol if possible). At a given point in time, thus both ends use one and the same working line (except during the short transitions). The TC provides APS 1+1 bidirectional non-revertive implementation, with automatic return to the unidirectional mode in case of APS protocol mismatch. The requirement is to provide compatibility in terms of STM1 APS interface with NSN MGW. This feature requires at least two STM1 interfaces to be activated on TC, this is because the Atermux and A interfaces cannot be mapped on the same STM1 interface. Another constraint consists in fact that only 189 A interfaces from 192 maximum possible can be mapped on 3 STM1 interfaces. At TCIF side, the working (protected) lines will be configured on TCIF1 from slot 0 and the protecting lines for TCIF2 from slot 1. This configuration should be synchronized with the one made at ADM/MGW side.

63.2 Hardware Coverage

This feature is available only for 9125 TC equipped with TC STM1-IP subrack.

63.3 Feature Activation

The feature is optional. For specific information, refer to 9125 Transcoder NEM User Guide.

258 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

63 STM1 Bidirectional on 9125 TC Equipped with TC STM1-IP Subrack

63.4 Parameters
This section contains the new and modified parameters involved in feature deployment. Name APS_MODE New New

63.5 Counters and Indicators

There are no counter and indicator modifications.

63.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

63.6.1 LMT Updates
No updates.

63.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

No updates.

63.7 Applicable Documents

The following documents are impacted by the feature: 9125 Transcoder NEM User Guide 9125 Transcoder Alarm Dictionary Activate/Deactivate STM1 Interface for 9130 BSC Evolution/9125 TC.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

259 / 288

63 STM1 Bidirectional on 9125 TC Equipped with TC STM1-IP Subrack

260 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

64 BTS Synchronization Through NTP

64 BTS Synchronization Through NTP

Note: This feature is available starting with B11 MR3 release.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

261 / 288

64 BTS Synchronization Through NTP

64.1 Description
With IP BSS, the frequency synchronization of the BTS (i.e. the automatic recalibration of the local oscillator frequency on a high accuracy transmission clock source) can be achieved through NTP: a stratum 1 NTP server delivers NTP messages to the BTS. The key value of the synchronization through NTP is that this method does not induce any requirement on the transmission backbone.

64.2 Hardware Coverage

The feature is not NE dependent.

64.3 Feature Activation

The feature is optional. For specific information about the feature functionality, refer to the Synchronize BTS with a NTP Server.

64.4 Parameters
This section contains the new and modified parameters involved in feature deployment. Name FREQ_SYNC_POLLING_TIME_INITIAL FREQ_SYNC_POLLING_TIME_SUSTAINED FREQ_SYNC_POLL_PER_EVAL FREQ_SYNC_MIN_NBR_EVAL FREQ_SYNC_MAX_INITIAL_EVAL FREQ_SYNC_GRAD_CONV_THRES FREQ_SYNC_GRAD_CONV_EDGE FREQ_SYNC_SUCCESS_RATIO BTS-First-NTP-Server-Address BTS-Second-NTP-Server-Address EFFECTIVE_SYNCH_MODE NTP_SYNCHRONISED NTP-IP-ADDR GPS-SYNCHRONISED New New New New New New New New New New New New New New New

262 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

64 BTS Synchronization Through NTP

Name NTP-SYNCHRONISED PCM-SYNCHRONISED

New New New

64.5 Counters and Indicators

There are no new or modified counters and indicators

64.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

64.6.1 LMT Updates
There are no LMT modifications.

64.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to the 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions.

64.7 Applicable Documents

The following documents are impacted by the feature: 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions BTS NEM User Guide BSS Configuration Handbook 9130 BSC Evolution Terminal User Guide Add BTS, New Cell(s) 9153 OMC-R Online Help.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

263 / 288

64 BTS Synchronization Through NTP

264 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

65 CS/PS Outage Detection

65 CS/PS Outage Detection

Note: This feature is available starting with B11 MR1Ed. 2.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

265 / 288

65 CS/PS Outage Detection

65.1 Description
The objective of this feature is to improve the availability of the system. This means that under normal conditions, the unavailability of the system is better than 515 per year. This feature runs in full IP mode, mixed mode or TDM mode. A new module TOAD (Telecom Outage Detector), is introduced in both active and standby OMCP as a basic LINUX process. The TOAD checks the number of call establishment per minute. When it detects there is no call establishment, the process launches an end to end telecom tests towards Abis and Ater interface. If both tests fails, it attempts to retrieve the traffic by running the take over of the main boards, and finally, if the traffic still does not come up, it runs a BSC reset. The TOAD process runs the BSC outage detection and defense only on the active OMCP board, mainly to avoid double defense. It sends the outage report to the standby TOAD to assure the case of OMCP take over following BSC outage detection. The BSC distinguish the CS and PS outage, but the PS traffic is less stringent. The CS and PS traffic outage is observed in the same time.The activity of the BSC regarding the PS traffic only is very low without impacting the PS traffic. The BSC will not run any defense action in case where only the PS outage is detected. The BSC will not generate additional BSC outage neither in case of bad external transmission network nor in case of others BSS network element dysfunctions (MFS,TC, BTS unavalaibility).

65.2 Hardware Coverage

This feature is available only for 9130 BSC Evolution.

65.3 Feature Activation

The feature is activated from the 9130 BSC Evolution Terminal. For specific information, refer to Network Reconfiguration Recommendations.

65.4 Parameters
This section contains the new and modified parameters involved in feature deployment. Name EN_Tel_Outage_DET New New

65.5 Counters and Indicators

There are no counter and indicator modifications.

266 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

65 CS/PS Outage Detection

65.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

65.6.1 LMT Updates
For specific information about the LMT updates, refer to the 9130 BSC Evolution Terminal User Guide, section Display/Modify BSC Parameters.

65.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

No updates.

65.7 Applicable Documents

The following documents are impacted by the feature: Network Reconfiguration Recommendations 9130 BSC Evolution Terminal User Guide BSC & TC Alarm Dictionary

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

267 / 288

65 CS/PS Outage Detection

268 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

66 OMCP-OMC Supervision Link Defense

66 OMCP-OMC Supervision Link Defense

Note: This feature is available starting with B11 MR1Ed. 2.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

269 / 288

66 OMCP-OMC Supervision Link Defense

66.1 Description
The connection between 9130 BSC Evolution and OMC-R can be over an IP network or via A interfaces. In case of connection over IP network, the extraction point is on OMCP. This feature is to provide a working connection to OMC-R in case of communication via A interface over MLPPP. The aim of this feature is to improve the 9130 BSC Evolution connection towards the OMC-R, to save the basic requirement regarding the availability time. This requirement is improved by the following mechanisms: limitation of the FLT state (Power OFF) in cases of TPGSM when no configuration is available, applying a default TPGSM configuration by running TPGSM takeover on the PPP link alarm by checking the connection toward the OMCR.

66.2 Hardware Coverage

This feature is available only for 9130 BSC Evolution.

66.3 Feature Activation

The feature is activated from the 9130 BSC Evolution Terminal. For specific information, refer to Network Reconfiguration Recommendations.

66.4 Parameters
This section contains the new and modified parameters involved in feature deployment. Name EN-OMCR-Conn-DET New New

66.5 Counters and Indicators

There are no counter and indicator modifications.

66.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

66.6.1 LMT Updates
For specific information about the LMT updates, refer to the 9130 BSC Evolution Terminal User Guide, section Display/Modify BSC Parameters.

66.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

No updates.

270 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

66 OMCP-OMC Supervision Link Defense

66.7 Applicable Documents

The following documents are impacted by the feature: Network Reconfiguration Recommendations 9130 BSC Evolution Terminal User Guide

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

271 / 288

66 OMCP-OMC Supervision Link Defense

272 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

67 TP Init Auto Test Improvements

67 TP Init Auto Test Improvements

Note: This feature is available starting with B11 MR1Ed. 2.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

273 / 288

67 TP Init Auto Test Improvements

67.1 Description
The aim of this feature is to cover most of the component of theTP board and the datapath between those components. This application is ran right after driver installation, and before the MxPF process startup. When the TP starts-up , the driver load error log file is checked , if there is no error, TP starts-up normally , otherwise , the TP send an alarm to BSC and wait for poweroff. There are two type of diagnosis: diagnosis without SS7, after all drivers installation except the TPGMSK SS7 diagnosis, after all drivers installation and load PQ2 software, and it imply that the drivers are loaded in two stage and the TPGMSK is installed at last.

67.2 Hardware Coverage

This feature is available only for 9130 BSC Evolution.

67.3 Feature Activation

The feature is not optional.

67.4 Parameters
There are no new or modified parameters.

67.5 Counters and Indicators

There are no counter and indicator modifications.

67.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

67.6.1 LMT Updates
There are no LMT modifications.

67.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

No updates.

67.7 Applicable Documents

The BSC & TC Alarm Dictionarydocument is impacted by the feature.

274 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

68 BSC Patch Management

68 BSC Patch Management

Note: This feature is available starting with B11 MR1Ed.2.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

275 / 288

68 BSC Patch Management

68.1 Description
The aim of this feature is to improve the availability and usability of MX BSC patch information Due to the implementation of a Webmin module that: generates a report post-processes its output and displays a report giving BSC patch information, the operator can check: the patch name the patched software provider (the software delivered as a patch may be provided by BSC or the MX platform development teams or it may be provided by a third party) whether the patch archive is present in BSCs patch repository or not whether errors have been recorded at patch install time the type of ATCA boards concerned by the patch the list of ATCA boards on which the patch is installed and whether the installed software is corrupted or not. However, MX BSC patch installation is not changed. That is, patches are installed manually, one by one, BSC by BSC, remotely from OMC-R, using helper tools delivered with each patch.

68.2 Hardware Coverage

This feature is available only for 9130 BSC Evolution.

68.3 Feature Activation

The feature is not optional.

68.4 Parameters
There are no new or modified parameters.

68.5 Counters and Indicators

There are no counter and indicator modifications.

68.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

68.6.1 LMT Updates
There are no LMT modifications.

276 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

68 BSC Patch Management

68.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

No updates.

68.7 Applicable Documents

The documents impacted by this feature are: B11/B11 MFS/TC/BSS Software Replacement B10/B11 MFS/TC/BSS Software Migration.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

277 / 288

68 BSC Patch Management

278 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

69 MC-Modules hardware capacity licensing

69 MC-Modules hardware capacity licensing

Note: This feature is available starting with B11 MR1Ed.2.1

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

279 / 288

69 MC-Modules hardware capacity licensing

69.1 Description
In B11, it will be possible for customers to dynamically configure up to 6 2G TRXs in a MC-Module. The licensing unit controlled by the Centralized License Manager is the number of TREs effectively mapped to MC-Modules. Considering the pay-as-you-grow model and the shift of MC-Modules from 2G to 3G/LTE over time, the quantity of TREs mapped to MC-Modules is expected to fluctuate, requiring regular updates of the OMC-R licence files for a given customer. To anticipate and optimally manage the licensing of MC-Module hardware capacity, more flexibility is needed in order to automate the license generation. The flexibility of the license generation offered to customers is provided by an Alcatel-Lucent online web tool called LKDI, which tracks all the customer options transactions and provide a quick way for customers to get licenses. In GSM, the following cases are handled: regular license updates initiated by customers or customers representatives, control by Alcatel-Lucent over the options that are transferred back (returned in LKDI) in the case of migration, feature deactivation, or option reshuffling between severs automation of the license generation in LKDI.

69.2 Hardware Coverage

The feature is only for MC-Modules.

69.3 Feature Activation

The feature is optional.

69.4 Parameters
There are no new or modified parameters.

69.5 Counters and Indicators

There are no counter and indicator modifications.

69.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

69.6.1 LMT Updates
There are no LMT modifications.

69.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

For specific information about the OMC HMI updates, refer to 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions, section RNUSM: License server synchro and RNUSM: Network Information Window.

280 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

69 MC-Modules hardware capacity licensing

69.7 Applicable Documents

The following documents are impacted by the feature: 9153 OMC-R Functional and Graphical Evolutions B11/B11 9153 OMC-R Software Replacement 9153 OMC-R Network Administration Handbook 9153 OMC-R Methods Handbook 9153 OMC-R Installation Site Preparation Sheet Move BTS/Abis, Different BSC, Different 9153 OMC-R Move 9120 BSC, Without MFS, Same MSC, Different 9153 OMC-R Move 9120 BSC, Different MFS, Same MSC, Different 9153 OMC-R Move 9135 MFS with Associated BSS, Different 9153 OMC-R Move 9130 MFS Evolution with Associated BSS, Different 9153 OMC-R Move 9130 BSC Evolution Without MFS, Same MSC, Different 9153 OMC-R Move 9130 BSC Evolution, Different MFS, Same MSC, Different 9153 OMC-R Move 9120 BSC, Different MFS, Different MSC, Different 9153 OMC-R Move 9130 BSC Evolution, Different MFS, Different MSC, Different 9153 OMC-R.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

281 / 288

69 MC-Modules hardware capacity licensing

282 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

70 Improved Multi-GPU Performance

70 Improved Multi-GPU Performance

Note: This feature is available starting with B11 MR3Ed.1.

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

283 / 288

70 Improved Multi-GPU Performance

70.1 Description
In order to be prepared to face a still increasing packet traffic, an improved performance in case of Multi-GPU is needed. Until now the BSC chooses the GPU towards which sending an UL message according only to load sharing considerations among its GPU boards and therefore a part of the GPU processing is wasted in message rerouting. In order to send the UL message directly to the GPU board handling the corresponding cell, the BSC shall maintain a cell/GPU mapping table. From this improvement is expected a higher capacity per GPU board and therefore a reduction of the number of GPU boards for the same packet capacity, at network level.

70.2 Hardware Coverage

This feature is available only for 9130 BSC Evolution.

70.3 Feature Activation

The feature is not optional.

70.4 Parameters
There are no new or modified parameters.

70.5 Counters and Indicators

There are no counter and indicator modifications.

70.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

70.6.1 LMT Updates
There are no LMT modifications.

70.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

No updates.

70.7 Applicable Documents

The BSS Configuration Rules document is impacted by the feature.

284 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

71 Iur-g interface with enhanced control plane

71 Iur-g interface with enhanced control plane

Note: This feature is available starting with B11 MR1Ed.2.2

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

285 / 288

71 Iur-g interface with enhanced control plane

71.1 Description
Iur is the interface defined by 3GPP between RNCs mainly to allow soft handover inside RNS (without involving CN) in case of inter RNC handovers. A first step of similar interface named Iur-g between BSCs and between RNC and BSC has been studied in 3GPP. Only some signalling information exchange between a BSS and a BSC/RNC has been standardized. The Iur-g interface is based on a subset of procedures and messages of the Iur interface of UTRAN, namely the RNSAP. With the current implementation, one BSC supports up to 16 neighbour RNCs. The new messages definition through an Iur-g like interface (Control plane) can optimize 3G to 2G Relocation/HO. Three procedures are defined on Iur-g+: Information exchange procedure: in line with 3GPP Iur-g RNSAP TS 25.423. The RNC obtains GSM cell capacity information from BSC. Common Measurement Procedure: slightly modified procedure against 3GPP Iur-g RNSAP TS 25.423 (more than one GSM cell per messages). The RNC obtains GSM cell load indication from BSC. The availability of GSM target cell capacity and load allows the RNC to trigger a handover toward a GSM cell in which the handover will be probably successful. Radio resource reserve handover procedure: specific procedure not defined in 3GPP, to reduce the handover preparation time and to trigger earlier the intersystem TD-SDCMA -> GSM handover in the UE. This procedure allows the source RNC to request directly the BSC to allocate in advance the radio resource needed in the target BSS for a just triggered external TD -> GSM handover. This anticipation allows the RNC to trigger the handover command toward the UE earlier (before the receipt of RELOCATION COMMAND from CN). Consequently, the handover preparation time is reduced, and consequently the time critical intersystem handover has better probability to succeed.

71.2 Hardware Coverage

This feature is only for 9130 BSC Evolution.

71.3 Feature Activation

The feature is optional, has one BSC-level activation parameter and is controlled per TRX quantity. The feature is activated from the 9130 BSC Evolution Terminal. For specific information about feature activation and usage, refer to BSS Methods Handbook, IURG section.

286 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

71 Iur-g interface with enhanced control plane

71.4 Parameters
This section contains the new and modified parameters involved in feature deployment. Name IURG_IP_SUBNET_MASK_BSC IURG_PRIORITY IURG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_IP_ADDRESS_1 IURG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_IP_ADDRESS_2 IURG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_LIST IURG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_PORT CELL_CAPACITY_CLASS_SOURCE EN_IURG New New New New New New New New New

LOCAL_IURG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_IP_ADDRESS_1 New LOCAL_IURG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_PORT MAX_NB_IURG_SCTP_ENDPOINT RNC_MIN_NB_ACTIVE_IPSP RNC_SPC START_IURG_IP_ADDRESS_BSC RNC_TRAFFIC_MODE RNC_Name RNC_ID REACHABILITY_TEST_ADDR_IURG (BSC) MAX_NB_RNC ASIG_IP_SUBNET_MASK_BSC BSS_IP_SUBNET_MASK_BSC START_ASIG_IP_ADDRESS_BSC START_BSS_IP_ADDRESS_BSC VLAN_CONF_INDEX (BSC) New New New New New New New New New New Modified Modified Modified Modified Modified

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a

287 / 288

71 Iur-g interface with enhanced control plane

71.5 Counters and Indicators

There are no counter and indicator modifications.

71.6 LMT/OMC HMI Updates

71.6.1 LMT Updates
The 9130 BSC Terminal was updated with IURG corresponding menus. For details see 9130 BSC Evolution Terminal User Guide.

71.6.2 OMC HMI Updates

There are no OMC HMI modifications.

71.7 Applicable Documents

The following documents are impacted by the feature: BSS Methods Handbook 9130 BSC Evolution Terminal User Guide.

288 / 288

3BK 21609 AAAA TQZZA Ed.23a